WO1991017765A1 - Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same - Google Patents

Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1991017765A1
WO1991017765A1 PCT/US1991/003584 US9103584W WO9117765A1 WO 1991017765 A1 WO1991017765 A1 WO 1991017765A1 US 9103584 W US9103584 W US 9103584W WO 9117765 A1 WO9117765 A1 WO 9117765A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
fibrin
amino acid
acid sequence
binding domain
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1991/003584
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Tikva Vogel
Avigdor Levanon
Moshe Werber
Rachel Guy
Amos Panet
Jacob Hartman
Hadassa Shaked
Original Assignee
Bio-Technology General Corp.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to DK91911888T priority Critical patent/DK0651799T3/en
Application filed by Bio-Technology General Corp. filed Critical Bio-Technology General Corp.
Priority to JP51119791A priority patent/JP3419772B2/en
Priority to RU92016360/13A priority patent/RU2109750C1/en
Priority to KR1019920702927A priority patent/KR100219115B1/en
Priority to CA002083271A priority patent/CA2083271C/en
Priority to AU80760/91A priority patent/AU660618B2/en
Priority to EP91911888A priority patent/EP0651799B1/en
Priority to DE69131539T priority patent/DE69131539T2/en
Publication of WO1991017765A1 publication Critical patent/WO1991017765A1/en
Priority to NO19924405A priority patent/NO310559B1/en
Priority to FI925296A priority patent/FI108298B/en
Priority to HK98114600A priority patent/HK1013255A1/en
Priority to GR990402800T priority patent/GR3031708T3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/0004Screening or testing of compounds for diagnosis of disorders, assessment of conditions, e.g. renal clearance, gastric emptying, testing for diabetes, allergy, rheuma, pancreas functions
    • A61K49/0008Screening agents using (non-human) animal models or transgenic animal models or chimeric hosts, e.g. Alzheimer disease animal model, transgenic model for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/6415Toxins or lectins, e.g. clostridial toxins or Pseudomonas exotoxins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/0002General or multifunctional contrast agents, e.g. chelated agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/0004Screening or testing of compounds for diagnosis of disorders, assessment of conditions, e.g. renal clearance, gastric emptying, testing for diabetes, allergy, rheuma, pancreas functions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04Organic compounds
    • A61K51/08Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
    • A61K51/082Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins the peptide being a RGD-containing peptide
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04Organic compounds
    • A61K51/08Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
    • A61K51/088Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins conjugates with carriers being peptides, polyamino acids or proteins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M25/00Catheters; Hollow probes
    • A61M25/0043Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features
    • A61M25/0045Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features multi-layered, e.g. coated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/107General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides
    • C07K1/113General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides without change of the primary structure
    • C07K1/1133General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides without change of the primary structure by redox-reactions involving cystein/cystin side chains
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/195Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
    • C07K14/315Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Streptococcus (G), e.g. Enterococci
    • C07K14/3153Streptokinase
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/78Connective tissue peptides, e.g. collagen, elastin, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, cold insoluble globulin [CIG]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K19/00Hybrid peptides, i.e. peptides covalently bound to nucleic acids, or non-covalently bound protein-protein complexes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/06Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2123/00Preparations for testing in vivo
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/33Fusion polypeptide fusions for targeting to specific cell types, e.g. tissue specific targeting, targeting of a bacterial subspecies

Definitions

  • Endothelial injury is believed to be an initial step in thrombus formation and may be caused by, e.g., hemodynamic strain, hypercholesterole ia, hypertension and immune complex disease. Endothelial injury leads to thickening of the intima, cell proliferation, cholesterol accumulation, and formation of connective tissue fibers. IgG and complement factor C3 accumulation in injured endothelial cells and nonendothelialized intima has been observed. Mononuclear cells derived from blood are also part of the cell population in atherosclerotic lesions. The mechanism of plaque formation is not fully known.
  • the above-identified stains were selected for their ability to bind to components of the atherosclerotic plaque.
  • the stain absorbs laser light concentrating the light at the stained surface. Some staining of healthy tissue occurs causing stain associated damage to the surrounding tissue. Because laser light wavelength is limited to the absorption wavelength of the stain, chromophores offering optimum absorption of laser light must be used to provide best controlled ablation.
  • the basic characteristics of a radiopharmaceutical for early detection of intravascular atherosclerotic lesions and thrombi are the following: (i) high affinity for thrombus components; (ii) relatively fast pharmacokinetic blood clearance rate [in order to obtain a high ratio of thrombus (bound) to blood (unbound) radiolabeled tracer]; (iii) safety: non-toxic and non-immunogenic; and (iv) simplicity of preparation and use.
  • U.S. Patent 4,343,734 describes specific gamma-carboxyglutamic acid (GLA) antibodies which can be labeled with fluorescein for immunofluorescence staining of tissue to determine the presence therein of GLA.
  • GLA gamma-carboxyglutamic acid
  • Specific GLA antibodies bind to GLA which is present in advanced atherosclerotic plaque, having calcium deposits. Lian et al.
  • GLA binding antibodies of Lian et al. do not selectively bind to atherosclerotic plaques.
  • Fibronectin is a glycoprotein composed of two identical subunits each of approximately 220,000 molecular weight. Two major forms of fibronectin are produced and secreted by human cells in culture and in vivo (8) .
  • the cell-associated fibronectin is relatively insoluble and participates in cell adhesion, wound healing, cell differentiation and phagocytosis.
  • the plasma fibronectin produced primarily in the liver, is a soluble serum protein with biological properties similar to those of cell fibronectin.
  • Fibronectin is considered a multifunctional modular protein since limited proteolytic cleavage produces polypeptides with distinct activities.
  • the major functional domains of the fibronectin molecule have been obtained and defined by partial proteolytic digestion, and include heparin, DNA, fibrin, collagen or gelatin, and cell binding domains (8- 13).
  • Obara et al. (1987) disclose the expression of a portion of the cell binding domain of human fibronectin fused to Escherichia coli ⁇ -galactosidase (15) . Additionally, Obara et al.
  • polypeptides having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the N-terminal fibrin binding domain of fibronectin have approximate molecular weights of 31 kD, 20 kD, 18.5 kD and 12 kD, as defined by comparison markers on SDS gels under reducing conditions, and have the following characteristics which make them promising pharmaceutical agents: (i) have an amino acid sequence present in a human protein and thus are contemplated to not be immunogenic; (ii) have specificity to fibrin based on their ability to become covalently cross-linked in a trans-glutaminase catalysed reaction to nascent as well as to preformed thrombi (clots) ; (iii) bind to extracellular matrix, which property may be exploited to detect atherosclerotic plaques; (iv) have a relatively short blood clearance time; (v) incorporate into clots in the presence of heparin; and (vi) are produced by recombinant techniques and can therefore
  • the subject invention provides an inexpensive, accurate method for imaging fibrin-containing substances, i.e., a thrombus and atherosclerotic plaque, both in vitro and in vivo.
  • the subject invention provides plasmids for expressing polypeptides having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and capable of binding to fibrin which are labeled and used for imaging the fibrin- containing substances, and methods of producing such polypeptides.
  • imaging agents which comprise polypeptides labeled with an imageable marker, such polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin.
  • a method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance i.e. a thrombus or atherosclerotic plaque, which comprises contacting the fibrin-containing substance to be imaged with the imaging agent disclosed above under conditions such that the agent binds to the fibrin- containing substance and imaging the bound agent and thereby imaging the fibrin-containing substance.
  • a plasmid for expression of a polypeptide which having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin comprising DNA encoding the polypeptide and DNA encoding suitable regulatory elements positioned relative to the DNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable host cell.
  • the invention also provides a purified polypeptide substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin.
  • the following figures describe the construction of plasmids expressing polypeptides having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the amino-terminal fibrin binding domain (FBD) of fibronectin.
  • the FBD commences at amino acid number 1 of mature fibronectin, which is glutamine and corresponds to the fourth amino acid (Q) shown in Figure 2A, i.e., the N-terminus of the FBD sequence is Q-A-Q-Q (gluta- mine-alanine-glutamine-gluta ine) ; the corresponding first nucleotide in the cDNA sequence of Figure 2A is therefore number 14, indicated by an arrow. All the recombinant FBD polypeptides described in these figures and throughout the specification are numbered from this first glutamine as amino acid number 1 and all the corresponding cDNA sequences are numbered as shown in Figure 2.
  • the cDNA sequence which is said to extend from nucleotide 3317 to 5566 on the Baralle map contains only 1980 nucleotides, because it is missing the 270 nucleotides of the ED segment, namely from nucleotides 4811 to 5080 inclusive; this region is also known in the art as the ED-A region.
  • nucleotide 5081 is changed from G to A
  • the amino acid 1690 is changed from alanine to threonine.
  • the polypeptide expressed by that DNA fragment would encode from amino acid 1102 to amino acid 1851 on the Baralle map but would be missing the 90 amino acids encoded by the ED region, namely amino acids 1600-1689 inclusive, and thus it would contain only 660 amino acids. This is true for all CBD polypeptides described in this application which span the ED region. (The region known in the art as the ED-B region is missing both in Baralle's sequence and in applicants' DNA.)
  • polypeptides expressed as 31 kD, 20 kD, 18.5 kD, 12 kD and 33 kD is an operational definition, based on their approximate molecular weight determined on SDS polyacrylamide gels under reducing conditions compared to that of markers of known molecular weight.
  • FIG. 1 This figure is a schematic description of the various fibronectin domains and the recombinant polypeptides constructed.
  • FIG. 1 This figure shows the nucleotide sequence of human fibronectin cDNA.
  • FIG. 3 Seven pairs of chemically synthesized oligomers were prepared. The synthetic oligomers code for the first 153 N-terminal amino acids of human fibronectin (FN) . This figure shows the sequence of these 7 pairs of synthetic oligomers.
  • Figure 4 The DNA fragment coding for amino acids 1 to 153 of the N-terminal domain of human FN was assembled from the 7 pairs of chemically synthesized oligomers shown in Figure 3 as follows: Oligomers 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 and 9/10, each pair in a separate tube, were annealed and then phosphorylated at the 5 1 end using T4 polynucleotide kinase enzyme.
  • pairs 3/4 and 5/6 were ligated to each other using T4 DNA ligase.
  • reaction pairs 7/8 and 9/10 were ligated to each other.
  • an aliquot of the ligation mixture was analyzed on gel to determine the size of the newly formed fragments and the efficiency of ligation.
  • the two above mentioned ligation mixtures were mixed together and pair 6, oligomers 11/12 which had been annealed and phosphorylated previously in a separate tube were added to the mixture.
  • a 326 base pair DNA fragment obtained from the above ligation mixture was isolated from an agarose gel and purified.
  • the purified synthetic 326 fragment was added to two additional pairs of synthetic linkers: Pair 1, oligomers 1/2 and Pair 7 oligomers 13/14. In Pair 1 only oligomer 2 was phosphorylated at the 5' end and in Pair 7 only oligomer 13 was phosphorylated at the 5' end.
  • the plasmid obtained, designated pFN 932-18 contained the entire synthetic EcoRI (5' end) - BamHI (3 1 end) restriction fragment coding for the N-terminal 153 amino acids of human FN, in a pBR322 vector.
  • FIG. 5 Expression of the N-terminal 153 amino acid seguence of FN.
  • Plasmid pFN 932-18 was digested with Ndel and BamHI endonucleases.
  • the Ndel-BamHI DNA fragment coding for FN was isolated and ligated into the large fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pTV301 with Ndel and Bglll endonucleases.
  • Plasmid pTV301 expresses human growth hormone, hGH, under the control of ⁇ P L promoter and the ell RBS) .
  • the plasmid obtained was designated pFN949-2.
  • a synthetic oligonucleotide containing a TAA termination codon and a Bglll site having the following sequence:
  • 125 I-FN 0.1 mg/kg; 5 x 10 6 cpm
  • 125 I-r31 FBD 0.1 mg/kg; 5 x 10 6 cpm
  • Insoluble radioactivity in the blood samples was determined by trichloroacetic acid precipitation; at zero time, the 100% value represents 40,000 cpm/ml for FN and 46,000 cpm/ml for FBD.
  • Binding of 3.0 x 10 6 PFU/ml of 125 I-S. aureus (l CPM/3 PFU) to "Uno" bronchial plastic catheters (3 cm for each reaction, in duplicate) coated with FN was carried out as described in methods. When competition reactions were per- formed, the bacteria and the added protein were pre- incubated at room temperature for 30 minutes and then added to the catheters for further incubation as described in the methods section.
  • the polypeptides used in the competition reactions were: P- 31 (p31 kD) , r-20 (recombinant 20 kD FBD polypeptide fragment) and r-31 (reoxidized and refolded r31kD) .
  • Some of the reactions were measured in the presence of 5 ⁇ M Heparin (from porcine intestinal mucosa, molecular weight - 10,000; Sigma).
  • This figure shows the alignment of cDNA clones encoding various recombinant polypeptides relative to one another and to the full-length sequence of fibronectin cDNA and to a schematic representation of the various domains present within the human fibronectin molecule.
  • FIG 10. Construction of plasmid PFN 196-2 which expresses the r!2 kD FBD polypeptide
  • the large BspMI-Hindlll fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pFN 975-25 ( Figure 10) with BspMI and Hindlll was ligated by T4 DNA ligase to the synthetic pair of linkers A (see Figure 15) .
  • Plasmid pFN 196-2 was produced, transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and retransformed into Escherichia coli strain A4255.
  • Plasmid pFN 196-2 contains the 5'-terminal sequence of fibronectin cDNA from nucleotide 14 to nucleotide 340, i.e., it encodes the first 109 amino acids of the FBP of fibronectin terminating with an arginine residue. An additional N- terminal methionine is present in the final polypeptide. Plasmid pFN 196-2 gives good expression of an rl2 kD FBD polypeptide under the control of the ⁇ promoter and ⁇ - lactamase ribosomal binding site, and has been deposited in the ATCC under Accession No. 68328.
  • FIG. 1 Construction of plasmid PFN 197-10. which expresses a modified 12 kD FBD polypeptide (12 kDM
  • Plasmid pFN 975-25 was treated as described in Figure 10 except that a different pair of linkers, B (see Figure 15) was used.
  • the ligation produced plasmid pFN 197-10 which encodes the N-terminal sequence of the FBP of FN; however, a modification after nucleotide 340 to produce an Ndel site (CATATG) before the stop codon results in the encoding of a polypeptide containing 111 amino acids where the first 109 amino acids correspond to those of the rl2 kP polypeptide followed by two additional amino acid residues, viz. histidine and methionine. An additional N-terminal methionine residue is present in the final polypeptide.
  • Plasmid pFN 197-10 was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and hence into Escherichia coli strain A4255, and gave good expression of a modified rl2 kP (12 kD') FBP polypeptide under the control of the ⁇ promoter and the ⁇ - lactamase ribosomal binding site.
  • Figure 12. Construction of plasmid pFN 202-5 which expresses r!2 kP' FBP fused to the r33 kP cell binding domain (CBP) of fibronectin
  • Plasmid pFN 202-5 contains the cPNA sequence of the 111 amino acids encoded by plasmid pFN 197-10 followed by the cPNA sequence for r33 kP CBP commencing with the codon for serine (the first amino acid of the r33 kP CBP) .
  • This plasmid gave good expression of an approximately 45 kP polypeptide comprising the rl2 kP fibrin binding domain and the 33 kP cell binding domain of fibronectin; this fused polypeptide was expressed under the control of the ⁇ promoter and the ⁇ -lactamase ribosomal binding site.
  • FIG. 13 Construction of plasmid pFN 195-4 which expresses the r3l kP FBP fused to the sequence PGRGPS
  • the large fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pFN 975- 25 with PvuII and Hindlll was isolated and ligated with T4 PNA ligase to a pair of synthetic linkers, C (see Figure 15) .
  • the resulting plasmid, designated pFN 195-4 was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence to Escherichia coli strain A4255.
  • Plasmid pFN 195-4 contains the full-length FBP cPNA sequence from nucleotide 14 to nucleotide 793 (encoding 260 amino acids) followed by a sequence encoding asp-gly-arg-gly-asp-ser, i.e., the polypeptide encoded has a total of 260 amino acids followed by the sequence PGRGPS. An additional N-terminal methionine residue is present in the final polypeptide.
  • Plasmid pFN 195-4 is a good expressor of the r31 kP fibrin binding domain fused to the sequence asp-gly-arg-gly-asp-ser (PGRGPS) , under the control of the ⁇ promoter and the ⁇ - lactamase ribosomal binding site.
  • PGRGPS sequence asp-gly-arg-gly-asp-ser
  • FIG. 14 Construction of Plasmid pFN 194-2 which expresses a fused 31 kP FBP-33 kP CBP polypeptide
  • the large PvuII-Hindlll fragment produced by digestion of plasmid pFN 975-25 with PvuII and Hindlll was isolated and ligated with T4 PNA ligase to a pair of linkers, P ( Figure 15) and then ligated to the cell binding domain (CBP) fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pFN 137-2 (ATCC Accession No. 67910) with Ndel and Hindlll; see Figure 12 for definition of the CBP domain.
  • CBP cell binding domain
  • Plasmid pFN 194-2 is a low expressor of a fused r31 kP FBP- r33 kP CBP polypeptide of approximate molecular weight 64 kP, under the control of the ⁇ P L promoter and the ⁇ -lacta- mase ribosomal binding site.
  • the polypeptide encoded by plasmid pFN 194-2 contains PNA encoding the first 265 amino acids of fibronectin fused to a methionine codon, followed by the cPNA sequence for the CBP of fibronectin, commencing at the codon for amino acid serine at position 1 of the CBP.
  • Rats were injected intravenously with 125 I-r31 kP FBP (5 x
  • the radioactivity was measured by a gamma counter and the activity of each sample was calculated as a percentage of total cpm present in the reaction mixture.
  • Normally TCA precipitation includes placing sample aliquots on filters which are counted for total cpm, washing the filter 3 times with 20% TCA followed by twice with 20% ethanol to extract the TCA, and recounting filters for TCA insoluble counts whereby the percentage of TCA-insoluble counts can be calculated.
  • fibrin clots were incubated with 0.15 ⁇ M 125 I-rl2 kP in the presence or absence of 0.02 units/ml guinea-pig liver transglutaminase (Sigma) .
  • the binding to fibrin clots was measured as described in Example 6.
  • Figure 21 Refolding and purification of the r20 kP polypeptide as monitored by elution profiles from a Superose 12 column (attached to a FPLC)
  • Refolded and air-reoxidized r20 kP polypeptide; C. Q-Sepharose bound polypeptides, i.e.. material which was separated from the purified r20 kP; P. Flow-through from the «-Sepharose column; E. Flow-through from the Heparin-Sepharose column, i.e., material which was separated from the purified r20 kP; F. Purified 20 kP polypeptide (retention time 18.16 min) , eluted from the Heparin-Sepharose column with 0.5 M NaCl. Note that there is no peak at this retention time of 18.16 min in Profile A, where the material is in reduced form, nor in Profiles C & E, which contain incorrectly folded forms of the 20 kP polypeptide.
  • Figure 22 Refolding and purification of the r!2 kP polypeptide as monitored by elution profiles from a Superose 12 column (attached to a Waters HPLC system)
  • Q-Sepharose bound polypeptides i.e., material which was separated from the purified rl2 kD
  • P Flow-through from both the Q- and Heparin-Sepharose columns (in this case, the columns were connected in series and the flow-through from the Q-Sepharose was therefore automatically loaded on the Heparin-Sepharose column) , i.e. , material which was separated from the purified rl2 kP
  • E. Purified rl2 kP polypeptide (retention time - 18.83 min) eluted from the Heparin-Sepharose column with 0.5 M NaCl. Note that there is no peak at this retention time of 18.83 min in Profile A, where the material is in reduced form, nor in Profiles C & P, which contain incorrectly folded forms of the rl2 kP polypeptide.
  • the plasmid from a positive clone was designated pFN 208-13, and deposited in the ATCC in a host E.coli A4255 as Accession No. 68456. This plasmid expresses an 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide of the amino terminal end of the molecule under control of the ⁇ P L promotor and the J-lactamase ribosomal binding site.
  • the small fragment was isolated from the digestion of plasmid pFN 194-2 ( Figure 14) by Xbal-Hindlll.
  • the small fragment was isolated from Ndel-Hindlll digestion of plasmid pFN 962-3 (disclosed in coassigned patent application PCT/US89/05875 and published as international publication no. WO/90/07577 on July 12, 1990, Figures 45-49 and the description of the figures) .
  • These two fragments were then ligated with the large fragment isolated from the Ndel- Hindlll digest of plasmid pMLK-100 (ATCC Accession No. 68605) .
  • the resulting plasmid designated 205-5 is a high expressor of a 64 kP polypeptide containing the 31 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP under control of the ⁇ P L promoter, CII ribosomal binding site and containing the trp transcription terminator designated "ter" immediately downstream of the structural gene.
  • This polypeptide has been purified and refolded essentially as described for a 31 kP FBP polypeptide disclosed in the above-referenced PCT publication.
  • the large fragment was isolated from the Hindlll-Styl digest of plasmid pFN 949-2 (ATCC Accession No. 67831) , and ligated with the small fragment isolated from the Hindlll-Styl digest of plasmid pFN 196-2 (ATCC Accession No. 68328) .
  • the resulting plasmid designated pFN 201-3 expresses the 12 kP FBP polypeptide under control of the ⁇ P L promotor and CII ribosomal binding site.
  • Plasmid pFN 203-2 is also known as pFN 203-2-3.
  • Figure 28 Binding of FBP Polypeptide Fragments to
  • This figure shows the low degree of binding of the 12 kP polypeptide to vascular components such as endothelial cells, extracellular matrix, and immobilized fibronectin by comparison with the 31 kP as described in Example 9.
  • the binding of the 12 kP was increased but still remained relatively low in comparison to the 31 kP even with the addition of exogenous transglutaminase.
  • Example 9 Preparation of labelled S. aureus and the endothelial cell (EC) binding assay are described in Example 9. The inhibitory effect of plasmatic and recombinant 31 kP, recombinant 18.5 kP, and recombinant 12 kP on binding of £ 4 . aureus to EC were tested.
  • This figure shows the specificity of different FBP polypeptides to a preformed fibrin clot as described in Example 9.
  • the FBP polypeptides tested were the 31 kP, 20 kP, 18.5 kP and 12 kP. Additionally, a 45 kP fusion polypeptide of the 12 kP FBP fragment fused to the 33 kP CBP (Example 40) was tested.
  • a 33 kP CBP polypeptide (coassigned PCT Publication No. WO/90/07577, pages 62-64) was included as a control. All of the FBP polypeptides tested, including the 45 kP fusion polypeptide, bound to a preformed fibrin clot in similar proportions (25-38% bound) .
  • FIG 31 In vivo thrombi labeling using the 12 kP and 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragments is described in Example 13.
  • the figure shows the results as specific radioactivity of thrombus (hatched bars) and blood (open bars) of stainless-steel coil-bearing rats, 24h after intravenous administration of 111 In-labelled recombinant FBP proteins.
  • the bars and vertical brackets represent the means and SEM of cpm/g wet weight, respectively.
  • the thrombus: blood ratios are shown in Figure 32.
  • Figure 32 Thrombus to blood ratios of specific radioactivity 24h after administration of lu In-labelled 12 kP-, 18.5 kP- and 31 kP-FBP in the rat coil model described in Fig. 31.
  • Figure 33 Lineweaver-Burke plots for human Glu-Plasminogen activation kinetics, at pH 7.4 and 37°C, using either SK or the FBP-SK complex as activators. In a 200 ⁇ l volume, in 96- well plates, the plasminogen substrate concentration varied between 0.9xl0 "6 and 2.7xlO" 6 M.
  • the S-2251 substrate (H-P- Val-Leu-Lys-pNA) final concentration was 5xlO" M and the final activator concentration was 2xlO "9 M.
  • the rate of reaction, v represents the change in absorbance at 405nm, ⁇ A (absorbance units) , per time At (min) .
  • FIG. 34 Fibrin-agar plates were prepared by mixing 5 ml (2mg/ml) fibrinogen, 5 ml (0.4%) Noble-agar, 0.5 ml (1M) CaCl 2 and 0.5 ml (lOu/ml) thrombin, all in imidazole- buffered saline pH 7.4. After polymerization small wells were made using Pasteur pipettes and vacuum, into which aliquots of SK or FBP-SK complex, at concentrations between 10 -10 ng/ml, were added. After incubation at 37°C overnight the lysis zone was measured.
  • the plasmids pFN 975-25, pFN 949-2, pFN 137-2, and pFN 196-2 were deposited pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) , 12301 Parklawn Drive, Rockville, Maryland 20852 under ATCC Accession Nos. 67832, 67831, 67910 and 68328, respectively.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • the fibrin-binding domain (FBD), comprised of 259 amino acids with an apparent molecular weight of 31 kD, is made up of five Type I repeats ("fingers”) , each about 45 amino acids long with two disulfide bonds, connected to two stretches of about 20 amino acids each at both the N-and C- terminal ends of the protein.
  • FIG. 1 An overall schematic view of the structure of the domains of fibronectin and the recombinant molecules constructed is shown in Figure 1.
  • the recombinant fibrin binding domain (FBP) polypeptides claimed herein comprise polypeptide fragments of the fibrin binding domain (r20 kP, rl8.5 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides). These polypeptides are smaller than the 31 kP polypeptide and comprise part of the sequence of the fibrin binding domain.
  • Many other polypeptides of the fibrin binding domain may be expressed by additional plasmids constructed, using methods known in the art, from plasmids described in this application and these polypeptides may be refolded, reoxidized, and purified using methods described in this application.
  • the full length recombinant fibrin binding domain (the r31 kP polypeptide) described in this application comprises the first 262 amino acids of fibronectin with the sequence arg- ala-ala-val at the carboxy-terminus. An additional methionine residue is present at the amino terminus of all the final polypeptides and polypeptide fragments of the FBP.
  • the plasmatic fibrin binding domain derived by tryptic digestion of plasma fibronectin comprises the first 259 amino acids of fibronectin, i.e. with arginine at the carboxy-terminus and the first encoded amino acid, glutamine, converted to a pyroglutamate residue.
  • the r31 kP polypeptide has five of the Type I homology loops or fingers discussed above (i.e. 10 disulfide bonds), the r20 kP polypeptide and rl8.5 kP polypeptide both have three loops (i.e. 6 disulfide bonds) , and the rl2 kP polypeptide has two loops (i.e. 4 disulfide bonds) .
  • the presence of these disulfide bonds explains the necessity and also the difficulty of the refolding/reoxidation procedure developed to obtain and purify correctly folded FBP polypeptides which have the correct disulfide bonds.
  • the correctly folded FBP polypeptides are biologically active, i.e. they can bind to fibrin; additionally, the r31 kP polypeptide can bind to Staphylococcus aureus.
  • the recombinant FBP polypeptides are produced in inclusion bodies which are obtained in the pellet produced after disruption of the cell cake.
  • This invention discloses the production of recombinant polypeptide fragments of the fibronectin fibrin binding domain (FBP) for use in thrombus imaging and prevention of thrombus formation.
  • FBP fibronectin fibrin binding domain
  • These polypeptides may also be bound to a thrombolytic agent for targeting the agent to a thrombus.
  • the recombinant cells which produce the polypeptide fragments of the FBP can be any cells in which a PNA sequence encoding an FBP polypeptide fragment has been introduced by recombinant PNA techniques.
  • the cell must be capable of expressing the PNA sequence and producing the polypeptide product.
  • the cell may be a mammalian cell, a fungal cell such as a yeast cell, or a bacterial cell.
  • the bacterial cell can be any strain including auxotrophic, prototrophic and lytic strains, F + and F" strains, strains harboring the cI857 repressor sequence of the ⁇ prophage and strains deleted for the deo repressors or the deo gene.
  • Examples of wild type Escherichia coli strains are prototroph ATCC No. 12435, and auxotroph MC1061 (ATCC Accession No. 67361) .
  • Escherichia coli strains which harbor the ⁇ cI857 repressor sequence are the auxotrophs A1645 harboring plasmid pTVR 279-8 (ATCC No. 53216) , A1637 harboring plasmid pTV 104(2) (ATCC No. 39384), and A2097 harboring plasmid pS0P ⁇ 2 (ATCC No. 39786) , and the prototrophs A4255 harboring plasmid pFN 975-25 (ATCC No. 67832) and biotin-independent A4346 harboring plasmid pHG44 (ATCC No. 53218).
  • An example of a lytic Escherichia coli strain is A4048 which harbors plasmid pHG44 (ATCC No. 53217) .
  • F Escherichia coli S ⁇ 930 (F “ ) harboring plasmid pMF 5534 deposited under ATCC No. 67703 and Escherichia coli W31100 (F “ ) harboring plasmid pMFS 929 deposited under ATCC No. 67705.
  • Escherichia coli strains deleted for the deo gene or deo repressors are S 732 harboring plasmid pMF 2005 (ATCC No. 67362), S ⁇ 540 harboring plasmid pJBF 5401 (ATCC No. 67359) , and S ⁇ 930 harboring plasmid pEFF 920 (ATCC No. 67706) (see European Patent Application Publication No. 0303972, published February 22, 1989).
  • the plasmids of this invention may be introduced into suitable bacterial host cells, preferably Escherichia coli.
  • suitable Escherichia coli cell is strain A4255 (F + ) [ATCC Accession No. 67832], but other Escherichia coli strains and other bacteria can also be used as host cells for the plasmids.
  • Such bacteria include Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Bacillus subtilis.
  • the bacterial cell may contain the FBP sequence encoding the FBP polypeptide in the body of a vector PNA molecule such as a plasmid.
  • a vector PNA molecule such as a plasmid.
  • the vector or plasmid is constructed by recombinant PNA techniques so that the sequence encoding the FBP polypeptide is incorporated at a suitable position in the molecule.
  • Plasmids used for production of the FBP polypeptides can harbor a variety of promoters such as the ⁇ promoter or the deo promoters.
  • Plasmid pFN 975-25 which expresses the r31 kP FBP and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli strain A4255 in the ATCC under Accession No. 67832;
  • Plasmid pFN 949-2 which expresses the r20 kP FBP and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli strain A4255 in the ATCC under Accession No. 67831;
  • Plasmid pFN 196-2 which expresses the rl2 kP FBP and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli strain
  • Plasmid pFN 197-10 which expresses a modified 12 kP FBP polypeptide, and which has been described in Figure 11 of this application;
  • Plasmid pFN 195-4 which expresses the r31 kP polypeptide fused to the sequence PGRGPS, and which has been described in Figure 13 of this application;
  • Plasmid pFN 201-3 which expresses a 12 kP FBP polypeptide fragment under control of ⁇ P L and the C ⁇ I rbs, and which has ben described in Figure 26 of this application.
  • Plasmid pFN 203-2 which expresses a 12 kP FBP polypeptide fragment under control of ⁇ P L and the CII rbs, and additionally contains a transcription terminator designated "ter,” and which has been described in Figure 27 of this application and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli A4255 in ATCC under Accession No. 68606.
  • Plasmid pFN 205-5 which expresses a 64 kP polypeptide comprising a 31 kP full-length FBP polypeptide fused to a 33 kP fragment of the fibronectin cell-binding domain (CBP) and which has been described in Figure 25 of this application.
  • CBP fibronectin cell-binding domain
  • Plasmid pFN 208-13 which expresses an 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragment which has been described in Figure
  • the subject invention provides an imaging agent which comprises a polypeptide labeled with an imageable marker, such polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin. Also provided is a composition comprising an effective imaging amount of such an imaging agent and a physiologically acceptable carrier.
  • polypeptides which are labeled with an imageable marker may be polypeptide fragments of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin; they may be produced using recombinant PNA techniques; or encoded by genes synthesized in a PNA synthesizer. Applicants have provided three examples of such polypeptides, with the preferred embodiments being the 18.5 kP and 12 kP polypeptides.
  • the terms "having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin” encompasses, i.e. , naturally-occurring allelic variations and recombinant variations, such as site-directed mutagenesis. These are all encompassed by applicants' "polypeptide," the only limitation being the ability to bind to fibrin.
  • the imageable marker used is a matter of choice to one skilled in the art. It is preferred that the marker be a radioactive isotope, an element which is opaque to X-rays, or a paramagnetic ion.
  • Radioactive isotopes are commonly used in medicine and are well known to those skilled in the art. It is presently preferred that the marker be indium-Ill, technetium-99m, iodine-123, iodine-125, iodine-131, krypton-81m, xenon-133, or gallium-67, or mixtures thereof. Most preferably, the .marker is technetium-99m or indium-Ill.
  • the detectable marker may also be a paramagnetic ion.
  • Paramagnetic ions are also commonly used in medicine. Examples of such markers include chelated metal ions of chromium (III) , manganese (II) , iron (III) , iron (II) , cobalt (II) , nickel (II) , copper (II) , praseodymium (III) , neodymium (III) , samarium (III) , gadolinium (III) , terbium (III) , dysprosium (III) , holmium (III) , erbium (III) , ytterbium (III) , or mixtures thereof.
  • the imaging agent comprises a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2 and about 20 additional amino acids; or an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2; or a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2.
  • the subject invention also provides a method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance, i.e. a thrombus or atherosclerotic plaque, which comprises contacting the fibrin-containing substance to be imaged with the agent as disclosed above under conditions such that the agent binds to the fibrin-containing substance and imaging bound agent and thereby imaging the fibrin-containing substance.
  • a fibrin-containing substance i.e. a thrombus or atherosclerotic plaque
  • a method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance in a subject which comprises:
  • the polypeptide of the reagent used in the above methods for imaging a fibrin-containing substance is a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2; the 20 kP polypeptide comprising less than about 20 additional amino acids; an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2; or a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2.
  • markers used in the above methods for imaging a fibrin-containing substance are radioactive isotopes, elements which are opaque to X-rays, or paramagnetic ions. Most preferred markers are radioactive isotopes, such as indium-Ill, technetium-99m, iodine-123, iodine-125, iodine- 131, krypton-81m, xenon-133, and gallium-67.
  • Imaging may be done through any of the methods known to one skilled in the art. These methods include but are not limited to X-ray, CAT scan, PET scan, NMRI, and fluoroscopy.
  • the imaging of the fibrin-containing substance by the above methods is carried out using a gamma camera.
  • a plasmid for expression of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin comprising PNA encoding the polypeptide and PNA encoding suitable regulatory elements positioned relative to the PNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable host cell.
  • polypeptide fragments of the fibrin binding domain of fibronectin include the r20 kP, rl8.5 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides. These polypeptides exhibit the binding and adhesive proper ⁇ ties of portions of naturally-occurring human fibronectin.
  • the scope of the claims of the subject application are not intended to be limited to these three FBP polypeptide fragments, which are examples of preferred embodiments only.
  • the polypeptide is about a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin; about an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin; or about a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin.
  • the polypeptide is an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2, a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2; the 20 kP polypeptide comprising less than about 20 additional amino acids; or a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2.
  • the polypeptides also may have the additional N-terminal methionine.
  • the invention claimed herein also includes the polypeptides without the additional N-terminal methionine.
  • Naturally-occurring human fibronectin is as it occurs in the human body (in plasma) . As used throughout this application, a substantial portion is at least one fifth (1/5) .
  • a polypeptide which has the biological activity of the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin exhibits binding or adhesive properties similar to those of the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin when the level of such activity is assayed or determined.
  • the amino acid sequence of the various functional domains are determined by cleavage of the cPNA which encodes the domains with restriction enzymes, and do not necessarily correspond to the amino acid sequence of the domains as obtained and defined by proteolytic digestion of fibronectin.
  • the plasmid of this invention further comprises suitable regulatory elements positioned relative to the PNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable host cell, such as promoters and operators, e.g. ⁇ P L 0 L , ribosomal binding sites, e.g. C IX , and repressers.
  • suitable regulatory elements include, for example, the lac, trp, tac, lpp and deo promoters (European Patent Application Publication No. 0303972, published February 22, 1989).
  • the suitable regulatory elements are positioned relative to the PNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable bacterial host cell.
  • the regulatory elements are positioned close to and upstream of the PNA encoding the polypeptide.
  • Plasmid pFN 949-2 encodes a 20 kP polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-153 of Figure 2 with an additional N-terminal methionine, and less than 20 additional amino acids.
  • Plasmid pFN 196-2 encodes a 12 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-109.
  • Plasmid pFN 208-13 encodes an 18.5 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-154 of Figure 2 and may be assumed to have an additional N-terminal methionine as described above.
  • Plasmid pFN 203-2 expresses a 12 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin-binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-109 of Figure 2 with an additional N-terminal methionine.
  • pFN 205-5 which expresses a 64 kD polypeptide comprising a 31 kD full-length FBD polypeptide fused to a 33 kD fragment of the fibronectin CBD (described in Figure 25) .
  • the invention provides an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 975-25 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 67832; an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 949-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 67831; and an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 196-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 68328; an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 203-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 68606; and an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 208-13 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 68456.
  • the invention provides a method of producing a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises treating a cell containing a plasmid comprising DNA encoding the polypeptide so that the DNA directs expression of the polypeptide and recovering from the cell the polypeptide so expressed.
  • the polypeptide so produced is an 18.5 kD, 20 kD, or 12 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain.
  • a purified polypeptide substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin.
  • the polypeptide is a 20 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2; the 20 kD polypeptide comprising less than about 20 additional amino acids; or an 18.5 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2; or a 12 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2.
  • the polypeptides also may have the additional N-terminal methionine.
  • the invention claimed herein also includes the polypeptides without the additional N-terminal methionine.
  • FBD polypeptide fragments i.e. 20 kD, 18.5 kD, and 12 kD are advantageous over the 31 kD FBD polypeptide. They are easier to refold, lack the bacterial binding domain, and have a much reduced binding specificity for other vascular components such as endothelial cells, extracellular matrix and fibronectin by comparison to the 31 kD polypeptide, while maintaining a fibrin-binding activity similar to that of the 31 kD polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides such a purified polypeptide substantially free of other substances of human origin fused to a second polypeptide, the second polypeptide comprising a substantial portion of the amino acid sequence of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin.
  • the fused polypeptide is a 45 kD fused polypeptide, wherein the purified polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the cell binding domain of naturally- occurring human fibronectin is a 33 kD polypeptide.
  • the fused polypeptide may also comprise a 31 kD purified polypeptide and a second polypeptide which contains the amino acid sequence DGRGDS.
  • Another preferred fused polypep ⁇ tide is a 64 kD fused polypeptide, wherein the purified polypeptide is a 31 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin is a 33 kD polypeptide.
  • the invention also provides a plasmid for expression of the 45 kP fused polypeptide, disclosed above, designated pFN 202-5; a plasmid for expression of the 31 kP/GRGPS fused polypeptide, disclosed above, designated pFN 195-4; and a plasmid for expression of the 64 kP fused polypeptide, disclosed above, designated pFN 194-2.
  • fused or “bound” encompasses polypeptides bound covalently, non- covalently, or conjugated.
  • the polypeptides may be conju ⁇ gated through other chemical moities including amino acid or polypeptide cross-linkers, which are standardly used in the art and are well-known to those skilled in the art to which the subject invention pertains.
  • Radioactive labeling nuclear medicine use of isotopes
  • radio-opaque labeling such as CAT scan
  • Magnetic Resonance Imaging MRI Any of these labeling methods can be used in the method of the subject invention for detecting the thrombus.
  • the polypeptide is used as a diagnostic agent for detecting the thrombus.
  • Also provided is a method of refolding and reoxidizing a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin but lacking the disulfide bonds of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises contacting the polypeptide with a thiol-containing compound in the presence or absence of a disulfide so as to refold and reoxidize the polypep ⁇ tide.
  • the thiol-containing compound is selected from the group consisting of glutathione, thioredoxin, ⁇ - mercaptoethanol, and cysteine.
  • the thiol-containing compound is ⁇ -mercapto- ethanol and the disulfide is produced in situ by introduction of air.
  • the polypeptide is selected from the group con ⁇ sisting of an 18.5 kP polypeptide, a 20 kP polypeptide, a 12 kP polypeptide and a 45 kD polypeptide.
  • the 45 kD chimera polypeptide consisting of the 12 kD FBD fused to the 33 kD CBD has been refolded and reoxidized using exactly the same method as the smaller FBD polypeptides.
  • the method of refolding and reoxidizing may additionally comprise contacting the polypeptide with a denaturant.
  • Preferred denaturants are guanidine hydrochloride and urea.
  • the polypeptide is at a low concentration, such as below 1,000 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the subject invention also provides a method for recovering a purified biologically active polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises:
  • the refolding and reoxidizing comprises contacting the polypeptide with a thiol-containing compound in the presence or absence of a disulfide so as to refold and reoxidize the polypeptide.
  • the thiol- containing compound is selected from the group consisting of glutathione, thioredoxin, ⁇ -mercaptoethanol, and cysteine.
  • the thiol-containing compound is ⁇ -mercaptoethanol and the disulfide is produced in situ by introduction of air.
  • the polypeptide is selected from the group con ⁇ sisting of an 18.5 kD polypeptide, a 20 kP polypeptide, a 12 kP polypeptide and a 45 kP polypeptide.
  • the 45 kP chimera polypeptide consisting of the 12 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP has been refolded and reoxidized using exactly the same method as the smaller FBP polypeptides.
  • the method may additionally comprise contacting the polypeptide with a denaturant, such as guanidine hydro- chloride or urea.
  • a denaturant such as guanidine hydro- chloride or urea.
  • the polypeptide is at a low concentration, such as below 1,000 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the separating of the concentrated polypeptide in step (c) comprises chromatography, preferably Heparin- Sepharose chromatography.
  • the subject invention also provides a method of inhibiting thrombus formation in a subject susceptible to thrombus formation which comprises administering to the subject an amount of a polypeptide (selected from the polypeptides and fused polypeptides disclosed above) effective to inhibit thrombus formation.
  • a polypeptide selected from the polypeptides and fused polypeptides disclosed above
  • the polypeptide may be reduced or alternatively the S-H groups may be blocked (e.g. by carboxymethylation or carboxamidomethylation to prevent reoxidation) .
  • the subject invention also provides a polypeptide as disclosed above bound to a thrombolytic agent for the targeting of thrombolytic agents.
  • the thrombolytic agents may be selected from tissue plasminogen activator (TPA) , urokinase, streptokinase, prourokinase, Anisoylated Plasminogen-StreptokinaseActivator Complex (EminaseTM) , TPA analogs, or a protease.
  • the polypeptide has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin, is capable of binding to fibrin, has a molecular weight above about 6 kP but less than about 20 kD, has the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or met-gln-ala-gln-gln at the N- terminus of the polypeptide and wherein the thrombolytic agent is streptokinase.
  • the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the thrombolytic agent is streptokinase.
  • a method for achieving thrombolysis of a thrombus which comprises administering to a subject an amount of the polypeptide bound to a thrombolytic agent effective to achieve thrombolysis.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating a subject with a wound which comprises administering to the subject an amount of a purified polypeptide, which is substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and is capable of binding to fibrin, in conjunction with a polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin effective to treat the wound.
  • the cell binding domain polypeptide is a 40 kD polypeptide or a 33 kD polypeptide.
  • the fused polypeptide may be a 45 kD polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide.
  • the fused polypeptide may be a 64 kD fused polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is a 31 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide.
  • the wound treated by the methods of the invention may be a cutaneous wound, such as an incisional wound, a skin deficit wound, a skin graft wound, or a burn wound.
  • the wound may also be an eye wound, wherein the eye wound is a corneal epithelial would or a corneal stromal wound.
  • the wound may be a tendon injury.
  • This patent application is directed to polypeptide fragments of the N-terminus fibrin binding domain (FBP) .
  • FBP N-terminus fibrin binding domain
  • Experimental results with the 31 kP polypeptide are presented for purposes of comparison with the shorter fragments.
  • Some of the proteins described are fusion proteins comprising an FBP fragment joined at its C-terminus to the N-terminus of a fragment of the cell binding domain (CBP) .
  • the cPNA sequence corresponding to the CBP which applicants have cloned and expressed is missing the 270 bp extra domain (ED) segment which extends from nucleotides 4811 to 5080, inclusive, on the Baralle map (see Figure 2).
  • the cDNA sequence which is said to extend from nucleotide 3317 to 5566 on the Baralle map contains only 1980 nucleotides, because it is missing the 270 nucleotides of the ED segment, namely from nucleotides 4811 to 5080 inclusive; this region is also known in the art as the ED-A region. Because nucleotide 5081 is changed from G to A, amino acid 1690 is changed from alanine to threonine.
  • the polypeptide expressed by that DNA fragment would encode from amino acid 1102 to amino acid 1851 on the Baralle map but would be missing the 90 amino acids encoded by the ED region, namely amino acids 1600-1689 inclusive, and thus it would contain only 660 amino acids.
  • the EcoRI cleavage site shown at position 3317 was constructed by applicants during the cloning procedure by use of EcoRI linkers. This GAATTC sequence at positions 3313 to 3318 differs in 1 nucleotide from the corresponding Baralle sequence GATTC. This introduces a single nucleotide change C to A at nucleotide 3315. This changes the corresponding amino acid number 1100 from Thr to Asn.
  • a cDNA library was prepared in ⁇ gtll from poly A+ mRNA isolated from human liver according to the published pro ⁇ cedures (13,14) .
  • the cDNA fragments were cloned using EcoRI linkers and the cDNA library was screened for fibronectin (FN) positive plasmids using the following synthetic DNA probes.
  • the synthetic PNA fragment was designed to contain an ATG initiation codon at the 5' end as well as convenient restriction sites for introduction into various expression vectors.
  • nucleotide number 19 was changed to adenine (A) , thereby eliminating a Pdel restriction site without altering the amino acid sequence.
  • the site of the nucleotide change is denoted by an asterisk in linker ⁇ l shown in Figure 3A.
  • the various steps for the cloning of the above synthetic PNA fragment into pBR322 plasmid vector digested with EcoRI and BamHI are described in Figure 4.
  • the plasmid obtained was designated pFN 932-18.
  • Plasmid pFN 949-2 was used to transform Escherichia coli prototroph A4255. These transformed Escherichia coli cells were found to express the partial FBP polypeptide in amounts comprising about 5% of the total cellular proteins.
  • the polypeptide has a mobility of about 20 kP on reduced SPS polyacrylamide gels as determined from the mobility of the size markers.
  • the polypeptide comprises the first 153 amino acids of fibronectin followed by 4 amino acids coded for by a synthetic linker and then several amino acids resulting from readthrough into the pBR322 vector due to the lack of a TAA termination codon, i.e., a total of 153 amino acids plus less than 20 additional amino acids, with an additional N-terminal methionine.
  • the polypeptide is referred to as the r20 kP polypeptide or the r20 kP FBP.
  • a synthetic oligonucleotide containing a TAA termination codon and a Bglll site having the following sequence:
  • Ndel-Hindlll fragment containing the FBD coding region and the T X T 2 transcription terminators was isolated from plasmid pFN-957 and inserted into plasmid pTV 301 digested with Ndel and Hindlll as described in the above-referenced PCT Publication ( Figure 49) .
  • the resulting plasmid, desig ⁇ nated as pFN 962-3, directs the expression of a FBD polypeptide under the control of ⁇ P L promoter and ell ribosomal binding site.
  • Escherichia coli strains A1645 and A4255 transformed with this plasmid expressed only small amounts of the FBD polypeptide.
  • the expression of the FBD polypeptide was detectable only by Western blot analysis using polyclonal antibodies directed against human plasma derived FN.
  • PBLA DNA fragment coding for the ⁇ -lactamase promoter and ⁇ -lactamase RBS
  • the DNA fragment coding for PBLA was isolated from plasmid pBLAll (ATCC Accession No. 39788) and inserted into plasmid pFN 962-3 digested with Ndel, filled in with Klenow enzyme and digested with EcoRI (see the above-referenced PCT Publication).
  • the plasmid obtained, designated pFN 975-25 was deposited with the American Type Culture Collection under ATCC Accession No. 67832. This plasmid was used to transform Escherichia coli prototroph A4255 (F+) .
  • the clone expressing the r31 kD FBD polypeptide was fer ⁇ mented in rich medium (yeast extract and casein hydrolysate) containing ampicillin. Growth was carried out at 30°C. Expression was obtained upon induction at 42°C for 2 hours, and subsequently bacterial cell cake containing the r31 kD FBD polypeptide was obtained. Similarly, the clone expressing the r20 kD FBD was fermented and bacterial cell cake containing the r20 kD FBD polypeptide was obtained.
  • the process is made up of three stages:
  • the cake is disrupted first in 5 volumes of 50 mM Tris- HCl/50 mM Na-EPTA, pH 8 (Buffer 1) ; the pellet is then treated with 1.2 volumes of Buffer 1 containing 100 mg/liter lysozyme (2 hours agitation at 37 ⁇ C) .
  • Triton X 100 is added to the resulting suspension (to 1%) , and after 30 min. at room temperature the suspension is centrifuged and the pellet is resuspended and washed twice with water. All these steps are performed by disruption of the pellet and centrifugation and the 31 kP stays in the pellet, as evidenced from SPS-PAGE gels.
  • Buffer A containing: 1% decyl sulfate, 1% decyl sulfate/5% glycerol and 5% glycerol.
  • the final treatment is with Buffer A without additives.
  • the washed pellet from step 1 above is dissolved in 150-700 volumes of 6M GuCl/3mM GSH in Buffer A.
  • the concentration of GuCl is lowered gradually, i.e., first 2 M, then 1 M and 0.5 M, while keeping the concentration of all other components constant, except for the volume, which at this stage is brought to 500-1000 fold higher than that of the pellet.
  • refolding is initiated by the addition of 0.3 mM of GSSG and incubation at room temperature for 24-48 hours.
  • the refolded 31 kP is then dialyzed against Buffer A without additives.
  • the intensity and resolution of a clot (thrombus) image is governed by the interplay of the rate of incorporation of the radiopharmaceutical and its blood clearance rate.
  • the r31 kP fibrin binding domain and plasma fibronectin were both iodinated with 125 I by the IC1 method (24) and injected intravenously into rats.
  • the results are shown in Figure 7 which represents the pharmacokinetic behavior of 125 I-r31 kP FBP and 125 I-FN. Blood samples were withdrawn at the times shown on the graph.
  • Figure 7 demonstrates that the clearance rates of the two radioactive molecules are different and after 5 hours, only 3% of the r31 kP FBP but 20% of FN respectively remain in circulation.
  • the relatively short half-life of r31 kP FBP is important for its possible use in diagnostic imaging of thrombi.
  • the recombinant 31 kP FBP (r31 kP) may be labeled radioactively or by other means and then introduced into the blood for the purpose of imaging thrombi.
  • heparin the current therapeutic agent of choice, suffers from a very long half-life.
  • the 31 kP polypeptide was obtained by cleavage of plasmatic FN as follows: the plasmatic FN was purified on a Gelatin- Sepharose column from which it was eluted and stored in 1 M guanidinium hydrochloride. Thereafter, 206 mg of FN, after dialysis against 10 mM of Tris-HCl, were digested with 0.01% of TPCK-trypsin at 37 ⁇ C for 5 minutes.
  • the tryptic digest was loaded on a PE52 column (6 ml) and 1/5 of the flow- through fraction (50 ml) was applied to a CM-Sepharose column (3 ml) and eluted with a NaCl gradient (0-0.5 M) .
  • About 80% of the polypeptide was recovered in the salt gradient (peak at about 220 mM) and after dialysis to remove the salt about 1/2 of the polypeptide was loaded on a Heparin-Sepharose column (1.5 ml) and eluted with 0.5 M NaCl.
  • Approximately 75% of the polypeptide was recovered in this fraction, i.e., about 1 mg (about 40% of the theoreti ⁇ cal yield) .
  • This fraction was >90% pure 31 kP polypeptide, and was iodinated by the method described above.
  • the CM-Sepharose step is omitted and the Heparin-Sepharose step is performed directly after the PE52 column.
  • plasmatic 31 kP FBP contains the first 259 amino acids of FN, whereas the recombinant 31 kP FBP contains the first 262 amino acids of FN and an additional N-terminal methionine.
  • Example 2 the expression of a partial r20 kP FBP and the full-length r31 kP FBP was described and in coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577, Example 24, an improved procedure for refolding and purification of the 31 kP FBP was disclosed. The construction of plasmids for expression of additional polypeptide fragments of the FBD is now described.
  • Plasmid pFN 975-25 expresses the full- length r31 kD FBD of fibronectin and from it plasmid pFN 196-2 which expresses a partial FBD was constructed as shown in Figure 10.
  • This plasmid was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence into Escherichia coli strain A4255 and deposited in A4255 in the ATCC under Accession No. 68328.
  • These transformed cells were found to be good expressors of the partial FBD polypeptide in amounts comprising about 5% of the total cellular protein.
  • the polypeptide has a mobility of about 14.4 kD on SDS polyacrylamide gels under reducing conditions as determined from the mobility of the size markers.
  • the polypeptide comprises the first 109 amino acids of fibronectin. An additional methionine residue is present at the N-terminus of the final polypeptide. Throughout this specification this polypeptide is referred to as the rl2 kD polypeptide fragment or the rl2 kD FBD.
  • Plasmid pFN 975-25 (ATCC No. 67832) , which expresses the full-length r31 kD FBD, was used to construct plasmid pFN 197-10 which expresses a modified rl2 kD polypeptide (rl2 kD') as shown in Figure 11.
  • the fibronectin FBD sequence was modified to produce an Ndel site immediately after nucleotide 340.
  • This plasmid was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence into Escherichia coli strain A4255. These transformed cells were found to be good expressors of the modified rl2 kD partial FBD in amounts comprising about 5% of the total cellular protein.
  • the polypeptide has a similar mobility to the unmodified 12 kD FBD as determined on reduced SDS polyacrylamide gels.
  • the polypeptide comprises the first 109 amino acids of fibronectin followed by additional amino acids histidine and methionine. An additional methionine residue is present at the N-terminus of the final polypeptide.
  • This polypeptide is designated the rl2 kD' polypeptide or the rl2 kD 1 FBD.
  • Plasmid pFN 197-10 which contains an Ndel site at the 3' terminus of the modified 12 kP FBP was used to construct a plasmid, designated pFN 202-5, which encodes the modified 12 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP cell binding domain (CBP) .
  • This construction was performed as shown in Figure 12 where the 33 kP CBP fragment was taken from plasmid pFN 137-2 (deposited in the ATCC under ATCC Accession No. 67910) .
  • Plasmid pFN 202-5 was transformed to Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence to Escherichia coli strain A4255 and is a good expressor (8% of total protein) .
  • the 45 kP polypeptide consists of the 12 kP' FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP (first 109 a ino acids of FBP followed by amino acid residues histidine and methionine followed by the CBP commencing with serine. An additional methionine residue is present at the N- terminus of the final polypeptide) .
  • Plasmid pFN 975-25 which expresses the 31 kP FBP was digested with PvuII and Hindlll and ligated to a synthetic linker as shown in Figure 13.
  • the resulting plasmid, designated pFN 195-4 was used to transform Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence Escherichia coli strain A4255. These cells were found to be good expressors of the 31 kP- PGRGPS polypeptide, at levels of about 8% of total cellular protein.
  • the sequence of this polypeptide is described in the description of Figure 13.
  • Plasmid pFN 975-25 which expresses the 31 kP FBP was digested with PvuII and Hindlll, and the large fragment resulting was ligated to a synthetic linker and to the r33 kP cell binding domain obtained from plasmid pFN 137-2 after Ndel and Hindlll digestion (as shown in Figure 14) .
  • the resulting plasmid, designated pFN 194-2 encodes the r31 kP FBP linked to the 33 kP CBP.
  • Plasmid pFN 194-2 was transformed to Escherichia coli strain A1645 and then to Escherichia coli strain A4255, and the resulting cells were low expressors of a 64 kP polypeptide which comprises the 31 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP.
  • the sequence of this polypeptide is described in the description of Figure 14.
  • the clone expressing the rl2 kP FBP polypeptide was fer ⁇ mented in rich medium (yeast extract and casein hydrolysate) containing ampicillin. Growth was carried out at 30 ⁇ C. Expression was obtained upon induction at 42°C for 2 hours and subsequently bacterial cell cake containing the rl2 kP FBP polypeptide was obtained. Similarly, cell cake containing other proteins described above was obtained.
  • 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragment As described above, (Example 2A) the 20 kP FBP fragment expressed by plasmid pFN 949-2 (ATCC No. 68456) contains up to 20 additional amino acids of the pBR 322 vector due to readthrough past the end of the FN gene in the absence of a properly located TAA transcription termination codon. In order to provide a more authentic "3 fingered" FBD polypeptide fragment than the 20 kD fragment described in Example 2A, a plasmid encoding an 18.5 kD FBD polypeptide was constructed.
  • Plasmid pFN 208-13 expresses an 18.5 kD FBD polypeptide fragment under control of the P L promoter and the / 9-lactamase ribosomal binding site.
  • Plasmid pFN 208-13 was deposited in ATCC in E.coli A4255 under Accession No. 68456. This plasmid expresses the first 154 amino acids of fibronectin with an additional N-terminal methionine. 2.
  • Improved expressor of the 12 kD FBD polypeptide fragment Plasmid pFN 196-2 (ATCC No.
  • Plasmid pFN 203-2 was constructed as shown in Figures 26 and 27 and described in the description of the figures. Plasmid pFN 203-2 expresses the 12 kD fragment under control of the ⁇ P L promoter, CII ribosomal binding site and a 36 bp trp transcription termination sequence. Plasmid pFN 203-2 was deposited in ATCC in E.coli A4255 under Accession No. 68606. These transformed cells were found to be good expressors of the 12 kD FBD polypeptide fragment in amounts comprising about 12- 18% of the total cellular protein.
  • the process for refolding and purification of the r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides is made up of three stages:
  • Bacterial cake containing the r20 kP polypeptide was produced as described in Example 2 by fermentation of Escherichia coli strain A4255 harboring plasmid pFN 949-2. A portion of this bacterial cake (14.8 g) was suspended in 10 volumes of 50 mM Tris HCl, 50 mM EPTA (Buffer B) , pH 7.5. The suspension was homogenized for 15-30 seconds at a medium speed. sonicated 3 times for 4 minutes with pulsing, and centrifuged at 15,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The pellet was resuspended in 2.4 volumes (36 ml) of Buffer B.
  • Lysozyme (0.1 mg/ml) was added and the suspension was incubated in a water bath at 37°C for 2 hours with stirring. Triton X-100 was added to a final concentration of 1%, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and centrifuged. The pellet was resuspended three times in 148 ml of water (i.e., 10 times the vol- ume of the original pellet) , homogenized, stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and centrifuged.
  • the final pellet weighed approximately 1.5 g, i.e., only 10% of the original weight; however, both the r20 kP and the rl2 kP polypeptides stay in the pellet, as evidenced by SPS-polyacryla ide gel-electrophoresis.
  • the washed and extracted pellet was kept frozen at - 20 ⁇ C until further processed.
  • the reagents and procedure used for the refolding/- reoxidation are different in this case from those used for the r31 kP polypeptide.
  • the extracted pellet of the r20 kP or the rl2 kP polypeptide is dissolved in 6 M guanidine-HCl (GuCl) in the presence of 50 mM ⁇ - ercaptoethanol and, following a tenfold dilution, is allowed to reoxidize by air.
  • the oxidation was performed in a closed container in the presence of 0.3 mM GSSG. Although at this stage some polypeptide precipitation had already occurred, the suspension, including the precipitate, was dialyzed over 24 hours against 15 volumes of Buffer C, pH 8.5 with three changes of buffer. The dialysate was then subjected to centrifugation for 45 minutes at 15,000 rpm (22,500 x g) in a high-speed Beckman centrifuge equipped with a JA-17 rotor. This removes many contaminant proteins and aggregates of the r20 kP or rl2 kP, which have been produced during reoxidation.
  • the polypeptide was concentrated on a Pellicon system (Millipore Corp.), using membranes with appropriate cut-off points, i.e., 10 kP for the r20 kP polypeptide and 3 kP for the rl2 kP polypeptide, prior to being loaded on the Q-Sepharose column.
  • the Hepa- rin-Sepharose column is also used for concentration of both polypeptides. The following is an example of the purification procedure used in the case of the r20 kP polypeptide.
  • FBD polypeptides are available for radiolabeling in order to use them as radiopharmaceuticals for imaging of thrombi and atherosclerotic lesions.
  • the biological activity of the r31 kP FBP was described in coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577, page 134 et seq. relating to its binding to fibrin clot in vivo and in vitro, binding to bacteria and binding to extracellular matrix.
  • additional results relating to the r31 kP polypeptide are presented and the biological activity of the 20 kP and 12 kP FBP polypeptides is demonstrated.
  • Step 1 Formation of fibrin clot This may be done in one of two ways:
  • Step 2 Binding of the 125 I-FBP polypeptide to the preformed fibrin clot Clots are incubated at 37°C in a final volume of 250 ⁇ l PBS with 125 I-rFBP polypeptide. Other constituents may be added as indicated for each experiment. The binding reaction is terminated after 45 min ⁇ utes by centrifugation and washing three times with PBS. The tubes containing the 125 I-rFBP - fibrin pellet were measured for radioactivity in a gamma counter.
  • rats were injected intravenously with r31 kP FBP labeled with 125 I and blood samples taken at intervals were added to Na citrate. Aliquots of the blood were treated as follows: either (a) treated with 20% TCA and the TCA insoluble counts were measured; or (b) incubated with preformed clot (using 20 ⁇ l whole blood from control rat) ; binding of the 1 5 I-31 kP FBP to preformed clot was measured under the conditions of the two-step Reaction II described above.
  • the radioactivity was measured by a gamma counter and the activity of each sample was calculated as a percentage of total cpm present in the reaction mixture.
  • the covalent binding of the fibrin binding domain of plasmatic fibronectin to fibrin in a clot is mainly due to the reaction of amino acid no. 3 of fibronectin (glutamine) with fibrin; this binding reaction is enzymatically controlled by the enzyme transglutaminase which specifically recognizes the amino acid sequence containing this glutamine residue.
  • transglutaminase is involved in the binding of the recombinant r31 kP FBD to clots. All the exogenous transglutaminase used in the experiments described in this application is guinea-pig liver transglutaminase (Sigma) .
  • a solution containing 3 ⁇ M r31 kP FBP, 10 mM CaCl 2 , 0.015 units/ml transglutaminase and 60 ⁇ M 1 C putrescine (specific activity 100 mc/mmole) was incubated at 37 ⁇ C for 5 hours.
  • the amount of 14 C-putrescine incorporated into the 31 kP FBP was measured by TCA precipitation of an aliquot of this reaction solution and demonstrated the incorporation of an equivalent amount to 2.8-3 ⁇ M solution of 14 C-putrescine into the r31 kP protein; this indicates that more than 90% of the glutamine at position number 3 of the FBP covalently reacted with the 14 C-putrescine.
  • the 14 C-putrescine r31 kP material was stored at 0°C and used within a few days without further treatment.
  • the r31 kP FBP and the control recombinant bovine growth hormone analog (bGH) prepared as described in EPO Publication No. 131843 were labeled with 1 5 I using the IC1 method described in Example 3.
  • the counts bound in the two-step Reaction II in the presence and absence of transglutaminase were obtained and the ratio of counts bound in the presence and absence of transglutaminase was calculated for each polypeptide tested. This ratio differs dramatically when intact 31 kP FBP is compared to putrescine-FBP ("blocked" FBP) or to the control bGH. In the two latter cases the ratio of counts is close to 1 which shows that transglutaminase does not affect the binding and total cpm present in the clot is 10-15% of total cpm in the reaction) .
  • transglutaminase greatly increased the binding of r31 kD polypeptide to the clot.
  • Clots were derived from either 20 ⁇ l whole human blood (A) or 250 ⁇ l of a solution of 0.8 ⁇ M human fibrinogen (B) . In some of the fibrinogen experi ⁇ ments dental coils (as described in Example 7) were added to the tubes together with the fibrinogen.
  • the binding of 125 I-r31 FBD to the fibrin clot was measured using the two-step Reaction II described above, in the presence of 0.15 ⁇ M 125 -r31 kD FBD and 5 mM CaCl 2 .
  • the reaction was terminated by three times washing with PBS.
  • the pellet after the various treatments described below, was centrifuged and 15 ⁇ l aliquots of the supernatant (i.e., the soluble material) were electrophoresed on polyacrylamide gels which separates the material of molecular weight >10 6 from molecular weight >10 5 and from lower molecular weight materials.
  • An autoradiogram was produced which shows the following: in the presence of transglutaminase high molecular weight forms of r31 kD - fibrin complex appear _ ?6 _
  • the very high molecular weight forms (>10 6 ) are quantitatively converted to the intermediate molecular weight forms (>100,000) as expected for hydrophobic bonded aggregates of high molecular weight fibrin clots.
  • the amount of free r31 kD polypeptide in the clots is normally small; this is the material released on boiling with phosphate-saline buffer only.
  • the resistance of the intermediate molecular weight forms to additional treatment with urea supports the involvement of a covalent linkage between the 125 I-r31 kD and the fibrin.
  • Human plasma contains substantial levels of FN (300 ⁇ g/ l) which potentially could compete with the binding of 125 I-r31 kP polypeptide to preformed clots. Such competition may affect the efficiency of clot radiolabeling and subsequently the imaging process.
  • FN 1 5 I-r3l kP (0.15 ⁇ M) was added together with purified FN (1 ⁇ M) to a preformed clot in PBS. Although FN was added in a molar excess of 7 relative to 125 I-r31 kP, the binding of the latter polypeptide was only slightly affected (20% inhibition) .
  • radioscintigraphic agents such as 111 In-labeled platelets and labeled fibrinogen are ineffective in the presence of therapeutic heparin. It was important, therefore, to analyze the effect of heparin on the incorporation of 125 I-r31 kP to the clots. The results showed that heparin has no significant effect on the binding of r31 kP FBP to preformed clots. Other experiments showed that the same amount of heparin affects dramatically the binding of r31 kP to a fibrin clot during its formation, i.e. , Reaction I.
  • the level of binding of the r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides is still sufficiently high to demonstrate the potential of radiolabeled r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides as radiopharmaceuticals for thrombus imaging. Similar experiments using the r31 kP-PGRGPS polypeptide (Example 4, P and Figure 13) showed that it binds at about the same level as the r31 kP.
  • F. Binding of 125 I-rl2 kP to fresh or frozen clots In order to study the effect of freezing the clots prior to use in binding experiments with FBP polypeptides, the following experiment was carried out. Fibrin clots were either used fresh or after storage at -70°C in a two-step Reaction II binding experiment with 125 I-rl2 FBP, prepared as described in Example 5.
  • Hirudin (Sigma) is a specific inhibitor of any thrombin- mediated reaction and the hirudin was therefore added in order to investigate the effect of thrombin on the binding reaction (step 2) .
  • No effect of hirudin was shown and therefore thrombin has no effect on the binding of the r31 kD polypeptide to the clot.
  • the same amount of hirudin totally inhibits the binding when added at step l where fibrin is formed from fibrinogen, as was expected.
  • exogenous transglutaminase increases the binding of r31 kD FBD to clots and furthermore that this transglutaminase reaction is dependent on the presence of calcium ions. Since the exogenous transglutaminase used is tissue transglutaminase (in its active form) we expect that the serum transglutaminase, factor XIII, which has to undergo activation by thrombin to form factor Xllla, will be highly sensitive to hirudin inhibition.
  • the stainless steel coil-induced venous thrombus model in rats was used to study the uptake of labeled r31 kD, r20 kD and rl2 kD FBD polypeptides.
  • the model employed was as described by Maffrand et al. [Thrombosis and Haemostasis 59: 225-230 (1988)].
  • Wistar-derived female rats (200-250 g) were anaestetized by Ketamine HCl plus Xylazin HCl. A midline abdominal incision was made and the inferior vena cava was exposed. A stainless steel wire coil (a dental paste carrier, fine No. 31, 21 mm long) was inserted into the lumen of the vein at the site just below the junction, and the incision was sutured. Each inserted device was individually weighed before insertion and each weight recorded. Three hours after the operation, the animals were given an i.v. injection of 1 ml of 0.9% Nal solution in order to saturate the thyroid iodide pool. One hour later, the rats received an i.v.
  • I-r31 kD FBD 125 I-r31 kD FBD (5 x 10 6 cpm; 100 ⁇ g/kg) .
  • the r31 kD polypeptide was labeled as described in Example 3.
  • blood was drawn by cardiac puncture, and the rats were sacrificed.
  • the segment of the vein carrying the coil was removed while taking care to drain away all residual blood.
  • the segments carry- ing the coil were weighed as such and taken for measurement of radioactivity (the "Thrombus in situ" group) .
  • the vein sections were incised longitudinally, and the coils carrying the thrombi were carefully removed, weighed and the radioactivity was measured. The blood radioactivity levels were measured using peripheral blood.
  • the initial weight of each coil was subtracted from its final weight, and the specific radioactivity in each case was calculated by division of the cpm value by the net weight.
  • the specific activity of the peripheral blood samples was also calculated.
  • the blood levels of radioactivity were around 5000-10,000 cpm/g, while in the isolated blood clot the specific radioactivity was around 300,000 cpm/g, i.e., 30 to 60 fold higher (see Figure 16) .
  • the resultant values were 4-5 fold higher than those of the blood, thus indicating that a good signal-to-noise ratio may be obtained for gamma-camera imaging of blood clots in vivo using labeled r31 kD FBD.
  • heparin pretreatment was studied in this model. This kind of experiment is essential because patients that are candidates for thrombus imaging are usually treated with this anticoagulation agent.
  • a group of rats were treated with heparin (500 units/rat intravenously) 10 minutes before administration of the labeled polypeptide. This treatment of heparin did not affect the uptake of label, as measured 24 hours later.
  • the three recombinant polypeptides were labeled with 125 I as described in Example 3 and utilized in the rat model as described in A above.
  • the results, shown in Figure 17, indicate that each of the three molecules was specifically localized in the clots as compared to the blood, by comparing the specific radioactivities; the specific radioactivity of the clots appeared to be higher with the longer molecules than the shorter polypeptides (143,000, 78,500 and 63,000 cpm/g clot for the r31 kP, r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides, respectively) , but the differences were not statistically significant.
  • the fibrin binding domain polypeptides described in this application may be radioactively labeled to carry a radiotracer to a thrombus in order to permit its external detection by gamma camera imaging.
  • This application discloses in Example 3 the labeling of these three polypeptides by means of iodine-125 ( 125 I) , which has a long half life of 60 days.
  • iodine-131 Another radioiodine is iodine-131 ( 131 I) which may be used to label the FBD polypeptides using known methods such as described by Uehara et al (1) .
  • 131 I also has a relatively long half life of 8 days.
  • a radiopharmaceutical for clinical imaging of atherosclerotic lesions and thrombi should yield positive results within the first few hours after injection (33) .
  • a shorter lived radiolabel could be used.
  • indium-Ill ( lxl In) or technetium-99m ( 9 m Tc) may be more suitable as radiotracers, since they have half-life of 67 hours and 6 hours, respectively (32) ; another short-lived low energy label is iodine-123 ( 123 I) with a half-life of 13.3 hours.
  • 99 Tc The labeling of the FBD polypeptides by 99m Tc may be carried out using known methods (21, 33, 34, 35).
  • 99 Tc is a very suitable diagnostic single photon radionuclide because of its short half-life, a detection level of 140 KeV with the gamma counter, no particulate radiation and inexpensive, convenient availability. These attributes allow the routine administration of doses of 30m Ci that result in high photon-flux levels facilitating lesion detection by single photon emission computerized tomography (32, 35).
  • radiolabels which may be used to label the FBD polypeptides include krypton-81m ( 81m Kr) and xenon-133 ( 133 Xe) , which has a half-life of 5.3 days, as reviewed by Knight (4) .
  • Another potential radiolabel is gallium-67 ( 67 Ga) as described by Yamamoto (36) ; 67 Ga has a half-life of 78 hours.
  • DTPA modification of the 12 kD and 18.5 kD polypeptide fragments of the FBD was performed, essentially according to published methods (Hnatowich, D.J. Layne, W.W. and Childs,
  • NMRI ultrasound and X-ray imaging with metal chelates
  • U.S. Patent 4,647,447 antibody coupling with metal chelates is mentioned at column 7, line 42.
  • Monoclonal antibodies labeled with polymeric paramagnetic chelates and their use in NMRI methods have also been described [Shreve, P. et al., Magnetic Resonance in Medicine 3.: 336-340 (1986) and Brady, T. et al. in Proceedings of the society of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine, Second Annual Meeting, Soc. of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine, Inc., San Francisco, p 10, 1983 referenced by Koutcher, J. et al., J. Nucl. Med. 25.' 506-513 (1984)].
  • Example 6 The biological activity of the r31 kP, r20 kP, rl2 kP FBP polypeptides has been described in Example 6. This example will disclose additional results observed using the FBP polypeptide fragments; these are the 12 kP obtained as described in Examples 4 and 5, and the 18.5 kP constructed, oxidized/refolded, and purified as shown in Examples 4 and 10.
  • the clot formation and FBP binding were performed as described below in a modified version of the two-step reaction II described in Example 6. To avoid artifacts of aggregation and precipitation of the FBP polypeptides, the final centrifugation step is eliminated and the clot is transferred to a new tube and then extensively washed.
  • Reaction mixtures (300 ⁇ l) prepared in siliconized plastic vials (7 ml) of the gamma counter, contained 150 ⁇ l of Mix I [0.2 x Tyrode's buffer ("1 X Tyrode's Buffer”: 1 mM Hepes pH 7.35; Pextrose 0.2%; 27 mM NaCl; 0.76 mM NaH 2 P0 4 ; 0.54 mM KC1; 0.2 mM MgCl 2 ) , 3U/ ml Thrombin (Sigma), 0.6% BSA (Sigma), 15 mM CaCl 2 , 150 mM NaCl, 20 mM NaHC0 3 , pH 8.0] and 150 ⁇ l fresh citrated whole human blood.
  • Mix I [0.2 x Tyrode's buffer ("1 X Tyrode's Buffer”: 1 mM Hepes pH 7.35; Pextrose 0.2%; 27 mM NaCl; 0.76 mM NaH 2 P0 4 ;
  • Protocol Incubation at 37°C for 3 hrs. The serum is removed by vacuum, and the tubes containing the fibrin clot are kept frozen at -70°C. Preformed clots can be used for several months.
  • the clot is then transferred to a siliconized vial, washed 3 times with 1 ml "wash buffer” 20 mM NaHC0 3 , 1% BSA, 1 mM PMSF, 2 mM EPTA) , and counted in a gamma counter.
  • FBP polypeptides In addition to specific binding to fibrin, FBP polypeptides also show a certain degree of non-specific binding to other vascular components with which they come in contact. Examples of vascular components are endothelial cells (EC) , extra cellular matrix (ECM) , and even fibronectin itself (FN) .
  • EC endothelial cells
  • ECM extra cellular matrix
  • FN fibronectin itself
  • plates When indicated “+TG”, plates also contained transglutaminase at 0.02 U/ ml (Sigma > .
  • Experimental plates were incubated for 60 minutes at 37°C in a C0 2 incubator, washed 3 times with 1 ml "washing solution” (PBS containing 2 mM PMSF and 2 mM (EPTA) . Bound radioactivity was then extracted by incubation for 60 min. with "Extraction solution” (washing solution containing 1% deoxycholate, 2 mM PMSF, 2 mM EPTA, 2 mM NME, and 2 mM iodoacetic acid) . The solution is then transferred to tubes and the radioactivity measured in a gamma counter.
  • endothelial cells, extracellular matrix, and fibronectin by comparison to the binding of the 31 kP FBP polypeptide.
  • fibronectin The involvement of fibronectin in adhesion to, and invasion of, wounds by a wide range of gram-positive bacteria is well established (18) .
  • the fibrin binding domain of authentic plasma derived FN has been shown to interact with high affinity to specific receptors on the surface of bacteria.
  • the sites at which Staphylococcus aureus typically initiates infection are rich in FN, e.g. blood clots and subendothelium.
  • exogenous FN enhances bacterial adhesion to these sites.
  • FN binds to S. aureus through saturable, specific surface protein receptors. Scatchard analysis has revealed high affinity receptors with binding constant of 5 x 10 "9 M, and a range of 100-20,000 receptors per bacterium (19) .
  • FN receptors correlates with invasiveness and pathogenicity of the clinical isolates. Removal of the FN receptors from S. aureus by mechanical means, or by growth of the bacteria in the presence of antibiotics decreases their ability to adhere to FN.
  • FN is a divalent molecule consisting of multiple functional domains with cell binding and collagen binding activities in addition to bacterial binding, it can anchor the bacteria to the wound via the various components of the extracellular matrix as well as via the FN receptor in tissue cells.
  • Another approach to understanding the interaction between FN and S. aureus is through the inhibition of the binding of S_a_ aureus to endothelial cells by the FBD polypeptide fragments.
  • Binding of the 31 kD FBD polypeptide to S.aureus has previously been disclosed (coassigned PCT Publication No. WO/90/07577, pages 146-153). Similar experiments describe below showed that in contrast to the 31 kD FBD polypeptide, the 12 kD and 18.5 kD FBD polypeptide fragments do not bind S. aureus. and do not inhibit S. aureus in binding experiments. However, the 20 kD polypeptide does inhibit the binding of S. aureus (see Figure 8) ; this may be due to the additional (non-authentic) C-terminal amino acids (see Example 2) which may affect its activity directly or indirectly through some specific refolding.
  • the mixture was incubated for 2 hours at 20°C while rocking.
  • the amount of binding was assayed by removing 100 ⁇ l of the incubation mixture and layering on top of 0.5 ml PBS layered on 3 ml 10% Percoll-0.15 M NaCl in a 5 ml siliconized tube. This was then centrifuged at 1,350 x g (4,000 rpm in a SW bucket rotor) for 15 minutes at 20°C. The supernatant was aspirated and the pellet assayed for radioactivity.
  • Plastic vials were coated with 0.3 ml of 50 ⁇ g/ ml FN, or 1% BSA.
  • the tubes were incubated with shaking at 4 ⁇ C overnight. The tubes were then washed with 5 ml PBS three times. Then 0.3 ml of 1% BSA in PBS was added and the tubes were further incubated with shaking for 2-3 hours at 20°C (for blocking free sites) .
  • the bacteria (4 x 10 6 pfu/ ml, 3 pfu/cpm) were added to the vials at concentrations indicated in the figure legends.
  • the final volume of the assay mix was 0.3 ml PBS.
  • the mix was slowly agitated at 4°C for 90-120 minutes.
  • the tubes were then decanted and washed with 5 ml PBS three times.
  • S. aureus SA113 (ATCC Accession No. 35556) were grown in Tryptic Soy Broth (Pifco Laboratories, U.S.A.) at 37° using a l l fermentor culture. Bacteria were harvested in the middle of the logarithmic phase when optical density reached 2.30 OP (at 660 nm) . The bacterial pellet was resuspended in 500 ml of PBS containing 5 mM PMSF and washed 3 times. The cells were then suspended in 100 ml PBS with 1 mM PMSF and 5 mM NEM (N-Ethyl maleimide, Sigma E-3876) , heat-inactivated at 88°C for 20 min.
  • NEM N-Ethyl maleimide
  • Bovine Aortic Endothelial cells A 5 P 7 (obtained from A. Eldor, Hadassa Hospital, Jerusalem) , were maintained in tissue culture as previously described (Ogawa S.K. et al 1985 Infect. Immunol. 50: 218-224) .
  • the culture media contained PMEM/+1% P-Glucose and 10% FCS (both from Biological Industries, Kibbutz Beth-Haemek, Israel) supplemented with L-glutamine and gentamycin (7 mM and 5mg/ ml, respectively, both from Sigma Chemicals) .
  • the cells were maintained at 37°C and 5.5% C0 2 in 150 ml tissue culture flasks (Falcon) .
  • Confluent monolayers for binding experiments were prepared in either 24 well tissue culture plates or 35 mm tissue culture plates (Corning Glassware, Corning N.Y.). Wells and plates were preincubated for 30 min. with 0.5 ml or 1 ml complete medium, respectively, prior to the addition of cell suspension. In a typical experiment, wells and plates were seeded with 5 x 10 4 and 10 5 cells, respectively, and used after 3-4 days when culture became confluent.
  • the mixture was incubated at 4°C for 1 hour with gentle shaking or 2 hours at 37°C in 5% C0 2 without shaking.
  • the unbound labeled bacteria were removed by washing 3 times with cold PBS containing 2 mM PMSF and 2 mM EPTA.
  • the bound labeled bacteria were then extracted by shaking at room temperature for one hour in PBS containing 1% deoxycholate, 20 mM Tris HCl pH 8.3, 2 mM PMSF, 2 mM EPTA, 2 mM NEM, and 2 mM iodoacetic acid.
  • the extraction was repeated once, and the combined extract was counted in a gamma counter.
  • the results showed increased binding of 125 I-rFBD (r31 kD) to the bacteria in suspension as compared to the binding of the 125 I-FN.
  • rl8.5 kP and rl2 kP FBP polypeptides as well as a CBP polypeptide did not compete with binding of 125 I-pFBP to S. aureus r showing conclusively that only the complete 31 kP FBP domain has bacterial binding activity while the shorter FBP fragments do not bind bacteria.
  • BSA which does not have S ⁇ aureus binding sites, did not cause any inhibition in adhesion of radioactive labeled S. aureus to FN coated plastic vials.
  • Figure 29 shows the inhibition by FBP fragments of binding of S. aureus to endothelial cells as described above.
  • the 31 kP shows a dramatic and dose dependent effect on S__j_ aureus binding to endothelial cells.
  • neither the 18.5 kP nor the 12 kP have any inhibitory effect, showing that the binding site on the FBP for the S. aureus receptor is not found on the 12 kP and 18.5 kP fragments. This is a surprising result since this is the first demonstration that the bacterial binding domain of the FBP of fibronectin can be separated from the S. aureus binding domain.
  • Table C summarizes and compares the activities of various FBP polypeptide fragments as described above.
  • the 18.5 kP and 12 kP FBP polypeptide fragments have a high covalent binding specificity for fibrin, together with a narrower spectrum of activities and lower specificity for other ligands such as vascular components and bacteria than the 31 kP.
  • This is an advantageous characteristic for a thrombus imaging agent, ensuring that as a diagnostic reagent it has a high affinity for fibrin-containing thrombi, while maintaining low background levels.
  • An in vivo example of this is provided in Example 13.
  • the recombinant FBP proteins - r31 kP ("5 fingers”), 18.5 kP (a more authentic version of the "3 fingers” than the previously described 20 kP) and rl2 kP ("2 fingers") - are expressed in E. coli and refolded/reoxidized, before being purified to homogeneity (>98% purity) .
  • the refolding/reoxidation processes used for the full 31 kP FBP polypeptide (5-fingered) and for the shorter 12 kP and 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragments (2- and 3-fingered) are different and have been described above in Examples 2 and 5.
  • Example 5 The method of Example 5 has been found to be applicable to all 2- and 3-fingered FBP proteins, that have so far been refolded, but not to the 5-fingered protein, the 31 kP, even when the reduction (followed by reoxidation) is performed on purified plasma-derived 31 kP, i.e., "opening" and refolding the protein.
  • This procedure has recently been improved without affecting the principle of the refolding process, and the improved procedure has been found applicable to the 12 kP, 18.5 kP, and 20 kP polypeptides, and to the 45 kP FBP-CBP hybrid polypeptide (12 kP-33 kP) but not to the 31 kP polypeptide.
  • the process is essentially as described in Example 5.
  • the following description relates to the 12 kP polypeptide and similar results were obtained for the 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide and 45 kP FBP-CBP hybrid polypeptides; these polypeptides were expressed by plasmids pFN 203-2 ( Figure 27), pFN 208-13 ( Figure 23) and plasmid pFN 202-5 ( Figure 12) , respectively.
  • the bacterial cake was produced as described in Example 2 by fermentation of E. coli strain A4255 harboring plasmid pFN 203-2 (as described in Figure 27) .
  • the suspension was brought to 37°C and lysozyme added (2500 U/ ml) . After 2 hours of stirring at 37°C, Triton X-100 (1%) was added and incubation with stirring continued for 30 min at room temperature. The suspension was then diluted with an equal volume of deionized water, sonicated by a W 370 sonicator and centrifuged at 14000 x g under the same conditions as above. The pellet was washed twice by resuspending in deionized water to a final volume 16 times that of the dry cell weight of the bacterial cake, and stirring for 15 min at room temperature at pH 7.4.
  • the reduced protein was reoxidized (at a protein concentration of 0.81 mg/ ml) in 0.54 M guanidine HCl, as follows: 6 liters of the Oxidation Buffer (10 mM Tris HCl pH 8.0, 5 mM EPTA, 1 mM PMSF 10 M e-aminocaproic acid, containing additionally 0.3 mM oxidized glutathione (GSSG) , were added to the solution of the reduced protein while stirring at a rate of 150 ml per min. The oxidation process was continued for 65 hours at room temperature in a closed container, while being constantly and gently stirred. The solution of the reoxidized protein was filtered through Whatman No.
  • buffer containing at least 0.5M NaCl for elution from Heparin-Sepharose and storage was found to be necessary to ensure stability of the polypeptides, which otherwise tended to rapidly lose their activity; this applies particularly to the 31 kP polypeptide.
  • the FBP polypeptide fragments produced by the methods of this application were evaluated and compared in a series of characterization tests by the following methods known in the art.
  • SDS-PAGE -ME 12.5 % acrylamide slab gels are loaded with protein, which had previously been treated - 5 min boiling in sample buffer containing 1% SDS - under non-reducing conditions (-ME) . Electrophoresis is performed with 20 ⁇ g per lane and the gels stained with Coomassie Brilliant Blue. The parameters measured are: a) the mobility, which, when compared with molecular weight markers (94, 67, 43, 30, 20.1 and 14.4 kD) can be expressed in terms of an apparent molecular weight for the protein studied; b) the homogeneity or purity, which can be assessed from the relative intensities of the major and minor bands - in particular, under these conditions, one can evaluate the amounts of disulfide-linked dimers.
  • the column was calibrated by the following molecular weight standards, whose retention times were determined : bovine serum albumin (67 kD) , ovalbumin (43 kD) , chymotrypsinogen (25 kD) and ribonuclease (13.7 kD) .
  • the flow rate was 0.8 ml/min, using the standard running buffer,i.e., 150 mM NaCl - 20 mM Tris.HCl, pH 7.8-8.0. Two parameters were monitored: the retention time and the half-height bandwidth.
  • UV spectroscopy Spectra were obtained at room temperature in BBS or PBS at concentrations of 0.2-1 mg/ ml on a Philips UV/Vis scanning spectrophotometer Model PU8720 (bandwidth 2 nm) equipped with a printer/plotter. The spectra were measured in Pye Unicam UV silica cells of 10 mm path-length. Both the absorption coefficient, i.e., e 1% at the spectrum's ⁇ max , and the ratio between the absorbances at ⁇ max and ⁇ min were monitored.
  • Amino acid composition This test is performed according to the Stein & Moore proven methodology for amino acid analysis. Protein hydrolysis is performed on dried protein following treatment in a Speed Vac centrifuge (Savant) : 6.0 N HCl is added, l ml per each mg of protein; nitrogen is substituted for air by successive evacuations and rinsing by nitrogen. The tube is sealed and heated for 22 h at 110 ⁇ 0.1°C. The currently used method is essentially in compliance with the USP Drafts of Biotechnology-Derived Products, 1989 USP Convention, Inc.. ⁇ 954> pp 96-98. The analyzer in use is a Biotronic LC 5000, serial number 515-01. The parameter evaluated by this method is the number of residues of each amino acid, except for Cys and Trp.
  • Heparin-Sepharose chromatography Samples of up to 200 ⁇ l were injected onto an analytical Heparin-Sepharose column (5.5 x 0.5 cm), attached to an HPLC system (Waters Associates) , consisting of 2 pumps (Model 501) , an injector (Model U6K) and an automated gradient controller (Model 580) equipped with a variable wavelength detector Spectro-Monitor 3000 (LDC/Milton Roy) - and a Chromato-Integrator (Merck-Hitachi, Model 2000) .
  • HPLC system Waters Associates
  • the column was preequilibrated in 10 mM Na-phosphate pH 6.5, 75 mM NaCl at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min and washed for 5 minutes in the same buffer.
  • the proteins were eluted in a linear gradient from 75 to 500 mM NaCl in buffer in 37.5 minutes. Two parameters were evaluated, the retention time (ret. time) , which is proportional to the salt concentration at which the protein elutes and the half-height band width (half-ht. b.w.), which assesses the peak's homogeneity.
  • Tryptic maps 200 ⁇ g samples of the various batches were digested for 10 min at 37° at various trypsin w/w ratios, in %: 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 & 10.0. The reaction was stopped, with 5 mM PMSF, and following 30 min on ice, was treated with sample buffers ⁇ ME (see Sections 1.1.& 1.2.) and run on 20 % acrylamide slab gels - as above. The degree of equivalence between the band patterns was assessed after staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue.
  • a protein sample containing 10-100 ⁇ M of thiol groups is made up to 0.15 ml; a DTNB blank, (i.e. without _- .-
  • Eppendorf tubes containing frozen 125 I-FBD are allowed to thaw at room temperature, and then mixed by vortexing. Two 5 ⁇ l aliquots are removed for radioactivity monitoring.
  • high specific activity 125 I-FBD is used, dilution in siliconized tubes with high salt buffer (0.6 M NaCl- 20 mM, NaHC0 3 pH 8-9) should be carried out before counting. The stock solution is then centrifuged at top speed in an Eppendorf centrifuge and the supernatant removed to another siliconized tube. Two 5 ⁇ l aliquots are counted again. The differences between the radioactivity obtained before and after centrifugation represent the "percent precipitation".
  • reaction mixtures (100 ⁇ l) in siliconized Eppendorf tubes contain: 10 mM CaCl 2 , 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM DTT, 120 ⁇ M 1 C-putrescine (Sigma), 6 ⁇ M FBD and 0.05U/ ml guinea pig liver transglutaminase (Sigma). After incubation at room temperature for 0,15,30 and 60 min, aliquots (10 ⁇ l) are added to tubes containing 200 ⁇ l stop reagent (0.4 mg/ ml BSA, 50 mM EDTA, 150 mM NaCl, 20 mM NaHC0 3 , pH 8.0) at 0°C (on ice).
  • the reaction is carried out in 300 ⁇ l of a 150 mM NaCl-20 mM NaHC0 3 , pH 8.0, containing also: O.lx Tyrode's buffer; 0.6% BSA; 5 mM CaCl 2 ; 0.15 ⁇ M 125 I-FBD; 6 ⁇ l Transglutaminase (0.02U/ ml) - see Section 12.
  • Reaction mixtures were incubated at 37 °C for 18 hours, followed by vacuum aspiration of the reaction solution, washing 3 times with 1 ml "wash buffer” and measuring the radioactivity in a gamma counter. - i ⁇
  • FBD proteins contain an extra methionine at the amino terminus, and instead of the pyroglutamate residue, which is the blocked N-terminus of the p31 kD (obtained by post-translational modification from the coded Gin) , their N-terminal Met is followed by a Gin residue.
  • the positive identification of FBD proteins was also confirmed by Western blot analysis of the gels - developed with a ⁇ ti-20 kD. The 45 kD was identified by developing its blots with both anti-20 kD and anti-33 kD of the cell binding domain.
  • the FBD fragments and the 45 kD FBD-CBD hybrid were further characterized by a variety of: a) physico-chemical tests as described above in comparison to the 31 kD (see Tables C and D).
  • Table D details the parameters assayed in the chemical and physico-chemical characterization of FBD polypeptides and of the FBD-CBD hybrid.
  • the 12 kD, 18.5 kD and 45 kD polypeptides were produced by plasmids pFN 203-2, pFN 208- 13, and pFN 202-5, respectively.
  • Table E provides actual measured values for the FBD polypeptides assayed.
  • Table D Characterization Parameters for the FBD proteins
  • the activated plasmin is preferentially inhibited by ⁇ 2 -antiplasmin. Once the inhibitor capacity is exhausted, free fibrinogen, fibrin and some other plasma proteins are degraded by plasmin. The resulting fibrinogenolysis causes disruption of the normal coagulation mechanisms, increasing thereby the risk of hemorrhage.
  • Activated factor XIII catalyzes the cross-linking of fibrin molecules in the final step of blood coagulation, thereby increasing the mechanical stability of the clot.
  • intact plasmatic fibronectin (FN) is also cross linked to fibrin by factor Xllla.
  • FBP polypeptide fragments of the FN (12 kP, 18.5 kP, 20 kP and 31 kP) .
  • These polypeptides have been studied in vitro and in vivo for their ability to become covalently bound to fibrin clots and thrombi in the presence of factor Xllla (Example 6, 9, 13).
  • Fact Xllla Factor Xllla
  • FBP polypeptides and fragments spanning the amino terminal region of FN were derivatized with N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPPP) - a heterobifunctional cross-linker.
  • SPPP N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate
  • SPPP reacts at alkaline pH with primary amines introducing 2-pyridyl- disulfide groups into the protein.
  • the number of cross-linker groups per FBP molecule was calculated.
  • the plasmatic 31 kP FBP molecule very poor reaction yields were obtained as it tended to precipitate under the conditions of the chemical modification.
  • Further experiments were performed with the recombinant 12 kP FBP molecule produced by plasmid pFN 196- 2 ( Figure 10) . Approximately 2 residues of cross-linker were found to be introduced per each 12 kP FBP molecule.
  • SK which lacks cysteine residues was derivatized with 2-iminothiolane.
  • This reagent reacts with primary amines, introducing a charged spacer ending with a thiol group.
  • the number of the thiol groups introduced in the SK molecule was determined by the use of Ellman's reagent. Under the conditions of the modification it was found that about 2 thiol groups were introduced per SK molecule.
  • Conjugation was found to be optimal at 4 to 8 times molar excess of the derivatized FBP. Under these conditions essentially all derivatized SK molecules had reacted with FBP molecules.
  • the conjugation process was analyzed by SPS-PAGE and by gel filtration on FPLC attached Superose 12. Complex formation was complete in about 10 minutes, yielding a mixture of molecules with variable FBP and SK content.
  • the calculated number of pyridyl- disulfide and thiol groups on each of the FBP and SK molecules is about 2.
  • the conjugation mixture thus formed contained mostly the desired 1:1 hybrid.
  • Example 7 The model employed is essentially that described in Example 7. Recombinant 12 kP-, 18.5 kP- and 31 kP-FBP polypeptide fragments were labelled with lxl In by the PTPA method (Example 8) .
  • the labelled materials (specific activity approx. 5xl0 6 cpm/ ⁇ g) were administered intravenously (5xl0 6 cpm/rat) into coil- bearing rats (Example 7) 5h after insertion of the coils.
  • the coils bearing the thrombi were removed and counted 24h after administration of the label.
  • Figure 31 presents the results of the specific radioactivity in the clots and blood
  • Figure 32 presents the respective thrombus to blood ratios.
  • the initial plasma-derived gel that contains both fibrin and fibronectin, is readily invaded by fibroblasts and serves hemostatic and adhesive functions, providing a provisional matrix for cell migration and a reservoir of chemotactic and growth factors ("wound hormones") .
  • the fibrin extravascular gel which rapidly forms a lattice, incorporates fibronectin. It has been shown that the fibroblasts in vivo attach to the fibrin lattice primarily via fibronectin (Grinnell, F. et al.
  • applicant's 12kP and 18.5kP polypeptide fragments of the FBP may also be used together with a CBD polypeptide to enhance wound healing.
  • recombinant CBP polypeptide may be used, such as the r33kP and r40kP described in copending PCT patent application No. WO 90/07577.
  • the FBP domain polypeptide is tested for its ability to act as an enhancer of cellular focal adhesion, as a co-substrate with fibronectin•s cell binding domain.
  • the plasma-derived FBP, p31kP, and the recombinant FBP, r31kP, both from human origin were found to be indistinguishable in their ability to promote focal adhesion of NRK fibroblasts. Both human protein domains were much more effective than the corresponding fragment from bovine origin , when used at the same concentrations, i.e., lOO ⁇ l of lO ⁇ g/ml of a 1:1 mixture of FBP and CBP proteins (see below for experimental details) . The difference between the effects of the 75kP CBP alone and in combination with FBP was striking.
  • CBP cell-binding domain
  • Interference reflection microscopy of cells spread on the 75kP CBP alone, showed only amorphous •grey' patches and spots (which, from electron microscopy - EM - of ventral membrane replicates, are known to be associated with clathrin-based structures * ) , but incorporation of FBP (recombinant or plasma-derived) as co- substrate induced formation of clearly-defined focal adhesion structures, visualized in IRM as dense black streaks (the density of color showing closer contact of the ventral surface to the substrate) .
  • IRM/EM correlations showed that these tight, ordered adhesions corresponded to the termini of cytoskeletal stress fibers.
  • the spreading assay was performed with NRK cells, subcultured for 18 hours before being detached by 0.lmg/ml TPCK-trypsin (Sigma Chemical Co.) and resuspended in Ca 2+ - containing Eagle's minimum essential medium (EMEM) for 20 min at 37°. These cells were obtained in a single-cell suspension by gentle sucking into a 5ml syringe fitted with a hypodermic needle, followed by 3 washes with EMEM containing 2% w/v ovalbumin. The spreading of the cells was monitored by resuspending the washed NRK cells on the coverslip with the protein substrate at a density of lxlO 4 cells/cm 2 .
  • EXAMPLE 15 Use of 111 In-DTPA modified FBD proteins yith high radioche ical purity in order to obtain high thrombus to blood ratios in a rat model.
  • Radiolabeling One of the changes introduced was to perform the radiolabeling with 111 InCl 3 at a low pH (0.2M citrate buffer, pH 5.7) in order to reduce to a minimum the amount of radiocolloids. An additional precautionary measure was taken to ensure the removal of contaminating heavy metal ions that could displace the chelated 121 In from the DTPA-modified protein by exchanging the buffers of the radiolabeled FBD solution with Chelex-100-treated buffers.
  • the protein-containing fractions (30 ml) were collected and the protein concentrations obtained were 0.35 mg/ml, 0.8 mg/ml and 0.9 mg/ml for the r31kP, rl8.5kP and rl2kP FBP proteins, respectively.
  • the degree of modification which was determined by TLC on silica gel (developed in 85% methanol) , was found to be 1.1, 0.8 and 1.6 for the above FBP proteins, respectively.
  • PTPA-modified FBP proteins were stored frozen at -20°C and thawed aliquots gave reproducible results upon radiolabeling with lxl In.
  • Radiolabeling The labeling was carried out with 111 InCl 3 , which had been brought to 0.2 M sodium citrate, pH 5.7, by adding 125 ⁇ l of 1 M sodium citrate pH 5.7 to 500 ⁇ l of the carrier-free 11J, InCl 3 stock solution ( llx In: 3.2 mCi/ml) .
  • the reaction mixture for radiolabeling contained (final concentrations): FBP protein 0.2 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l, HEPES 60 mM, HCl 10 mM, sodium citrate 0.2 M and ⁇ ll In 0.8 ⁇ Ci/ ⁇ l. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 1 hr at room temperature.
  • the radiochemical purity was analyzed by TLC on silica gel (developed in 85% methanol) and for all the polypeptide fragments of the FBP it was in the range of 91%-95%.
  • the specific activity of the radiolabeled FBP proteins is about 3.6 ⁇ Ci/ ⁇ g ("8xl0 6 cpm/ ⁇ g).
  • the biological activity was tested with in vitro by binding of the 111 In-labeled PTPA-modified FBP to preformed clots and in vivo in the steel coil-induced venous thrombi model in rats.
  • Example each group consisted of 7 rats to which 5xl0 6 cpm (with a specific activity of 6xl0 6 cpm/ ⁇ g protein) of 13,1 In labeled PTPA modified FPB protein was injected. Results of the experiments are given in Table F (3 last columns) .

Abstract

This invention provides an imaging agent which comprises a polypeptide labeled with an imageable marker, such polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occuring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin. The invention further provides a method wherein the imaging agent is used for imaging a fibrin-containing substance, i.e., a thrombus or atherosclerotic plaque. Further provided are plasmids for expression of polypeptides having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occuring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin, hosts containing these plasmids, methods of producing the polypeptides, methods of treatment using the polypeptides, and methods of recovering, refolding and reoxidizing the polypeptides. The invention also provides for purified polypeptides substantially free of other substances of human origin which have an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occuring human fibronectin and which are capable of binding to fibrin.

Description

FIBRIN BINDING DOMAIN POLYPEPTIDES AND USES AND METHODS OF PRODUCING SAME
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 526,397, filed May 21, 1990.
Background of the Invention
Throughout this application, various publications are referenced by Arabic numerals within parentheses. Full citations for these references may be found at the end of the specification immediately preceding the claims. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference in this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains.
Endothelial injury is believed to be an initial step in thrombus formation and may be caused by, e.g., hemodynamic strain, hypercholesterole ia, hypertension and immune complex disease. Endothelial injury leads to thickening of the intima, cell proliferation, cholesterol accumulation, and formation of connective tissue fibers. IgG and complement factor C3 accumulation in injured endothelial cells and nonendothelialized intima has been observed. Mononuclear cells derived from blood are also part of the cell population in atherosclerotic lesions. The mechanism of plaque formation is not fully known. However, a probable mechanism is that the earliest lesions, fatty streaks, consisting of mixtures of T cells and monocyte-derived macrophages, form in the subendothelium followed by a secretion of various cytokines, which leads to a migration of smooth cells into the intima and their accumulation therein. Most existing procedures for the diagnosis and treatment of atherosclerosis and thrombosis are invasive, costly, and of limited effectiveness in a significant percentage of patient cases.
The concept of plaque enhancement by application of a stain has been reported [Spears, J. et al., J. Clin. Invest. 71: 395-399 (1983) ] . These stains mark the plaque surfaces with a fluorescent compound. Plaque destruction by photoactivation of hematoporphyrin derivatives using an intralu inal laser-transmitting optical fiber has been suggested [Abela, G. et al.. Am. J. Cardiol. .50: 1199-1205 (1982)]. Moreover, tetracycline stains have also been suggested. [Murphy-Chutorian, D. et al.. Am. J. Cardiol. 55: 1293-1297 (1985)].
The above-identified stains were selected for their ability to bind to components of the atherosclerotic plaque. In principle, the stain absorbs laser light concentrating the light at the stained surface. Some staining of healthy tissue occurs causing stain associated damage to the surrounding tissue. Because laser light wavelength is limited to the absorption wavelength of the stain, chromophores offering optimum absorption of laser light must be used to provide best controlled ablation.
Imaging and detection of coronary thrombi, pulmonary emboli, deep venous thrombosis and atherosclerotic lesions are of great clinical importance especially in view of the new thrombolytic agents which have recently been developed. Several experimental approaches for non-invasive detection of thrombi by use of radiopharmaceutical agents have been reported but none has gained wide clinical recognition because of intrinsic drawbacks associated with each agent. The basic characteristics of a radiopharmaceutical for early detection of intravascular atherosclerotic lesions and thrombi are the following: (i) high affinity for thrombus components; (ii) relatively fast pharmacokinetic blood clearance rate [in order to obtain a high ratio of thrombus (bound) to blood (unbound) radiolabeled tracer]; (iii) safety: non-toxic and non-immunogenic; and (iv) simplicity of preparation and use.
The various agents for imaging thrombi described in the literature and their drawbacks are as follows: (a) autol- ogous platelets labeled with 121In: the procedure is cumber¬ some, time consuming and the blood clearance time is relatively long, viz. 2 days (2); (b) 131I-fibrinogen: the assay is based on the (low) affinity of injected radiolabeled fibrinogen for the thrombus but it is not suitable for rapid imaging tests because of its long residence time in blood and furthermore it does not become incorporated into older thrombi nor is it incorporated in the presence of heparin (3, 36); (c) fragment El of human fibrin: although it seems superior to fibrinogen it is difficult to prepare in sufficient quantities for widespread clinical use (4) ; (d) mouse anti-fibrin monoclonal antibodies: although they are specific and have high affinities for thrombi, they have a relatively long blood clearance time and are potentially immunogenic to human subjects (5, 33, 34); (e) mouse monoclonal antibodies specific for activated platelets (6, 7): disadvantage as (d) ; and (f) labeled fibronectin (1) : although fibronectin (see below) has an affinity for a number of substances occurring in thrombi it has a relatively long blood clearance time and the buildup of radioactivity in the thrombus is slow. Thus there is a need in the art for a thrombus-specific radiopharmaceutical for rapid imaging of thrombi. U.S. Patent 4,343,734 (Lian et al.) describes specific gamma-carboxyglutamic acid (GLA) antibodies which can be labeled with fluorescein for immunofluorescence staining of tissue to determine the presence therein of GLA. Specific GLA antibodies bind to GLA which is present in advanced atherosclerotic plaque, having calcium deposits. Lian et al. report that GLA is not found in uncalcified plaques and that GLA is found in cardiac valves and aortas, and in circulating proteins such as prothrombin, clotting factors VII, IX and X, Protein C and Protein S. However, the GLA binding antibodies of Lian et al. do not selectively bind to atherosclerotic plaques.
Fibronectin is a glycoprotein composed of two identical subunits each of approximately 220,000 molecular weight. Two major forms of fibronectin are produced and secreted by human cells in culture and in vivo (8) . The cell-associated fibronectin is relatively insoluble and participates in cell adhesion, wound healing, cell differentiation and phagocytosis. The plasma fibronectin, produced primarily in the liver, is a soluble serum protein with biological properties similar to those of cell fibronectin.
Fibronectin is considered a multifunctional modular protein since limited proteolytic cleavage produces polypeptides with distinct activities. The major functional domains of the fibronectin molecule have been obtained and defined by partial proteolytic digestion, and include heparin, DNA, fibrin, collagen or gelatin, and cell binding domains (8- 13).
Baralie, F.E., European Patent Publication No. 207,751, published January 7, 1989, discloses the complete cDNA sequence of fibronectin. Baralle also discloses the expression of fusion proteins containing a portion of the collagen binding domain of fibronectin fused to the Escherichia coli protein β-galactosidase. Similar fusion proteins are disclosed by Owens and Baralle (14) . Obara et al. (1987) disclose the expression of a portion of the cell binding domain of human fibronectin fused to Escherichia coli β-galactosidase (15) . Additionally, Obara et al.
(1988) disclose the expression of portions of the cell binding domain fused to β-galactosidase which have been mutagenized, i.e., site specific deletions of portions of the cell binding domain were obtained as fused proteins (16) . The carboxy terminal fibrin-binding domain of human fibronectin has been expressed in mouse L cells as a fusion protein with the signal sequence of human protein C inhibitor (17) .
None of the above references discloses the expression of the N-teπninal fibrin binding domain of fibronectin; furthermore all the recombinant proteins they disclose are fusion proteins.
This invention provides polypeptides having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the N-terminal fibrin binding domain of fibronectin. These polypeptides have approximate molecular weights of 31 kD, 20 kD, 18.5 kD and 12 kD, as defined by comparison markers on SDS gels under reducing conditions, and have the following characteristics which make them promising pharmaceutical agents: (i) have an amino acid sequence present in a human protein and thus are contemplated to not be immunogenic; (ii) have specificity to fibrin based on their ability to become covalently cross-linked in a trans-glutaminase catalysed reaction to nascent as well as to preformed thrombi (clots) ; (iii) bind to extracellular matrix, which property may be exploited to detect atherosclerotic plaques; (iv) have a relatively short blood clearance time; (v) incorporate into clots in the presence of heparin; and (vi) are produced by recombinant techniques and can therefore potentially be manufactured on a large scale.
The subject invention provides an inexpensive, accurate method for imaging fibrin-containing substances, i.e., a thrombus and atherosclerotic plaque, both in vitro and in vivo. In addition, the subject invention provides plasmids for expressing polypeptides having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and capable of binding to fibrin which are labeled and used for imaging the fibrin- containing substances, and methods of producing such polypeptides.
ai-wm--τγ of the Invention
This invention provides imaging agents which comprise polypeptides labeled with an imageable marker, such polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin.
Further provided is a method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance, i.e. a thrombus or atherosclerotic plaque, which comprises contacting the fibrin-containing substance to be imaged with the imaging agent disclosed above under conditions such that the agent binds to the fibrin- containing substance and imaging the bound agent and thereby imaging the fibrin-containing substance.
Also provided is a plasmid for expression of a polypeptide which having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin comprising DNA encoding the polypeptide and DNA encoding suitable regulatory elements positioned relative to the DNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable host cell.
The invention also provides a purified polypeptide substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin.
Further provided are methods of recovering and refolding and reoxidizing such polypeptides and methods of treatment using such polypeptides. Briβf Description of the Figures
In the figures, the numbers in brackets adjacent certain of the restriction enzyme sites shown correspond to the identically numbered positions along the nucleotide sequence of human fibronectin cDNA as shown in Figure 2 (see also Figure 3 of Baralle, F.E., European Patent Publication No. 207,751, published January 7, 1987).
The following figures describe the construction of plasmids expressing polypeptides having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the amino-terminal fibrin binding domain (FBD) of fibronectin. The FBD commences at amino acid number 1 of mature fibronectin, which is glutamine and corresponds to the fourth amino acid (Q) shown in Figure 2A, i.e., the N-terminus of the FBD sequence is Q-A-Q-Q (gluta- mine-alanine-glutamine-gluta ine) ; the corresponding first nucleotide in the cDNA sequence of Figure 2A is therefore number 14, indicated by an arrow. All the recombinant FBD polypeptides described in these figures and throughout the specification are numbered from this first glutamine as amino acid number 1 and all the corresponding cDNA sequences are numbered as shown in Figure 2.
Some of the figures describe the construction of plasmids expressing an FBD polypeptide joined at its C-terminus to part of the cell binding domain (CBD) of fibronectin. The cDNA sequence corresponding to the CBD which applicants have cloned and expressed is missing the 270 bp extra domain (ED) segment which extends from nucleotides 4811 to 5080, inclusive, on the Baralle map (see Figure 2) . Thus, the cDNA sequence which is said to extend from nucleotide 3317 to 5566 on the Baralle map, contains only 1980 nucleotides, because it is missing the 270 nucleotides of the ED segment, namely from nucleotides 4811 to 5080 inclusive; this region is also known in the art as the ED-A region. Because nucleotide 5081 is changed from G to A, the amino acid 1690 is changed from alanine to threonine. Similarly, the polypeptide expressed by that DNA fragment would encode from amino acid 1102 to amino acid 1851 on the Baralle map but would be missing the 90 amino acids encoded by the ED region, namely amino acids 1600-1689 inclusive, and thus it would contain only 660 amino acids. This is true for all CBD polypeptides described in this application which span the ED region. (The region known in the art as the ED-B region is missing both in Baralle's sequence and in applicants' DNA.)
The definition of the polypeptides expressed as 31 kD, 20 kD, 18.5 kD, 12 kD and 33 kD is an operational definition, based on their approximate molecular weight determined on SDS polyacrylamide gels under reducing conditions compared to that of markers of known molecular weight.
Figure 1. This figure is a schematic description of the various fibronectin domains and the recombinant polypeptides constructed.
Figure 2. This figure shows the nucleotide sequence of human fibronectin cDNA.
Figure 3. Seven pairs of chemically synthesized oligomers were prepared. The synthetic oligomers code for the first 153 N-terminal amino acids of human fibronectin (FN) . This figure shows the sequence of these 7 pairs of synthetic oligomers.
Figure 4. The DNA fragment coding for amino acids 1 to 153 of the N-terminal domain of human FN was assembled from the 7 pairs of chemically synthesized oligomers shown in Figure 3 as follows: Oligomers 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 and 9/10, each pair in a separate tube, were annealed and then phosphorylated at the 51 end using T4 polynucleotide kinase enzyme.
In the second step, pairs 3/4 and 5/6 were ligated to each other using T4 DNA ligase. Similarly, reaction pairs 7/8 and 9/10 were ligated to each other. After each step of ligation an aliquot of the ligation mixture was analyzed on gel to determine the size of the newly formed fragments and the efficiency of ligation.
In the third step, the two above mentioned ligation mixtures were mixed together and pair 6, oligomers 11/12 which had been annealed and phosphorylated previously in a separate tube were added to the mixture. A 326 base pair DNA fragment obtained from the above ligation mixture was isolated from an agarose gel and purified.
The purified synthetic 326 fragment was added to two additional pairs of synthetic linkers: Pair 1, oligomers 1/2 and Pair 7 oligomers 13/14. In Pair 1 only oligomer 2 was phosphorylated at the 5' end and in Pair 7 only oligomer 13 was phosphorylated at the 5' end.
After ligation with T4 DNA ligase the mixture without any further isolation was added to pBR322 vector DNA digested with EcoRI and BamHI endonucleases.
The plasmid obtained, designated pFN 932-18 contained the entire synthetic EcoRI (5' end) - BamHI (31 end) restriction fragment coding for the N-terminal 153 amino acids of human FN, in a pBR322 vector.
Figure 5. Expression of the N-terminal 153 amino acid seguence of FN. Plasmid pFN 932-18 was digested with Ndel and BamHI endonucleases. The Ndel-BamHI DNA fragment coding for FN (first 153 amino acids + additional N-terminal methionine) was isolated and ligated into the large fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pTV301 with Ndel and Bglll endonucleases. (Plasmid pTV301 expresses human growth hormone, hGH, under the control of λ PL promoter and the ell RBS) .
The plasmid obtained was designated pFN949-2.
Figure 6. Insertion of termination codon TAA at the 3' end of the N-terminal domain of FN (at amino acid 262)
A synthetic oligonucleotide containing a TAA termination codon and a Bglll site having the following sequence:
CTGTTTAAGCA GACAAATTCGTCTAG
was ligated to the 3• end (PvuII site) of an EcoRI-PvuII FN fragment isolated from cDNA plasmid p931-5 (see Figure 6) digested with EcoRI and PvuII. The ligation was carried out in the presence of DNA vector plasmid pBR322 digested with EcoRI and BamHI (large fragment) . The plasmid obtained was designated pFN935-12.
Figure 7. Comparison of the pharmacokinetics of fibronectin (FN) and r31 kD FBD in rats
125I-FN (0.1 mg/kg; 5 x 106 cpm) or 125I-r31 FBD (0.1 mg/kg; 5 x 106 cpm) were injected intravenously and at the time indicated blood samples were withdrawn. Insoluble radioactivity in the blood samples was determined by trichloroacetic acid precipitation; at zero time, the 100% value represents 40,000 cpm/ml for FN and 46,000 cpm/ml for FBD.
Figure 8. Binding of S. aureus to Catheters
Binding of 3.0 x 106 PFU/ml of 125I-S. aureus (l CPM/3 PFU) to "Uno" bronchial plastic catheters (3 cm for each reaction, in duplicate) coated with FN was carried out as described in methods. When competition reactions were per- formed, the bacteria and the added protein were pre- incubated at room temperature for 30 minutes and then added to the catheters for further incubation as described in the methods section.
The polypeptides used in the competition reactions were: P- 31 (p31 kD) , r-20 (recombinant 20 kD FBD polypeptide fragment) and r-31 (reoxidized and refolded r31kD) . Some of the reactions (see figure) were measured in the presence of 5 μM Heparin (from porcine intestinal mucosa, molecular weight - 10,000; Sigma).
The binding of the "control" reaction in the absence of com¬ petitors (8.8% of input bacteria) was normalized to 100%.
Figure 9. Recombinant polypeptides of fibronectin do¬ mains compared to full-length fibronectin
This figure shows the alignment of cDNA clones encoding various recombinant polypeptides relative to one another and to the full-length sequence of fibronectin cDNA and to a schematic representation of the various domains present within the human fibronectin molecule.
Figure 10. Construction of plasmid PFN 196-2 which expresses the r!2 kD FBD polypeptide The large BspMI-Hindlll fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pFN 975-25 (Figure 10) with BspMI and Hindlll was ligated by T4 DNA ligase to the synthetic pair of linkers A (see Figure 15) . Plasmid pFN 196-2 was produced, transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and retransformed into Escherichia coli strain A4255. Plasmid pFN 196-2 contains the 5'-terminal sequence of fibronectin cDNA from nucleotide 14 to nucleotide 340, i.e., it encodes the first 109 amino acids of the FBP of fibronectin terminating with an arginine residue. An additional N- terminal methionine is present in the final polypeptide. Plasmid pFN 196-2 gives good expression of an rl2 kD FBD polypeptide under the control of the λ promoter and β- lactamase ribosomal binding site, and has been deposited in the ATCC under Accession No. 68328.
Figure 11. Construction of plasmid PFN 197-10. which expresses a modified 12 kD FBD polypeptide (12 kDM
Plasmid pFN 975-25 was treated as described in Figure 10 except that a different pair of linkers, B (see Figure 15) was used. The ligation produced plasmid pFN 197-10 which encodes the N-terminal sequence of the FBP of FN; however, a modification after nucleotide 340 to produce an Ndel site (CATATG) before the stop codon results in the encoding of a polypeptide containing 111 amino acids where the first 109 amino acids correspond to those of the rl2 kP polypeptide followed by two additional amino acid residues, viz. histidine and methionine. An additional N-terminal methionine residue is present in the final polypeptide. Plasmid pFN 197-10 was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and hence into Escherichia coli strain A4255, and gave good expression of a modified rl2 kP (12 kD') FBP polypeptide under the control of the λ promoter and the β- lactamase ribosomal binding site. Figure 12. Construction of plasmid pFN 202-5 which expresses r!2 kP' FBP fused to the r33 kP cell binding domain (CBP) of fibronectin
The large fragment produced after Ndel and Hindlll digestion of plasmid pFN 197-10 (Figure 11) was ligated by T4 PNA ligase to the Ndel-Hindlll CBP (cell binding domain) fragment of plasmid pFN 137-2. Plasmid pFN 137-2, deposited in the ATCC under Accession No. 67910 has been described in the parent patent application, U.S. Serial No. 345,952; the r33 kP CBP sequence contains amino acids numbered 1329-1722 of fibronectin (see Figure 2) excluding the 90 amino acids numbered 1600-1689 encoded by the EP-A region (see preface to Brief Pescription of the Figures) .
The resulting plasmid, pFN 202-5, was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence to Escherichia coli strain A4255. Plasmid pFN 202-5 contains the cPNA sequence of the 111 amino acids encoded by plasmid pFN 197-10 followed by the cPNA sequence for r33 kP CBP commencing with the codon for serine (the first amino acid of the r33 kP CBP) . This plasmid gave good expression of an approximately 45 kP polypeptide comprising the rl2 kP fibrin binding domain and the 33 kP cell binding domain of fibronectin; this fused polypeptide was expressed under the control of the λ promoter and the β-lactamase ribosomal binding site.
Figure 13. Construction of plasmid pFN 195-4 which expresses the r3l kP FBP fused to the sequence PGRGPS
The large fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pFN 975- 25 with PvuII and Hindlll was isolated and ligated with T4 PNA ligase to a pair of synthetic linkers, C (see Figure 15) . The resulting plasmid, designated pFN 195-4 was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence to Escherichia coli strain A4255. Plasmid pFN 195-4 contains the full-length FBP cPNA sequence from nucleotide 14 to nucleotide 793 (encoding 260 amino acids) followed by a sequence encoding asp-gly-arg-gly-asp-ser, i.e., the polypeptide encoded has a total of 260 amino acids followed by the sequence PGRGPS. An additional N-terminal methionine residue is present in the final polypeptide. Plasmid pFN 195-4 is a good expressor of the r31 kP fibrin binding domain fused to the sequence asp-gly-arg-gly-asp-ser (PGRGPS) , under the control of the λ promoter and the β- lactamase ribosomal binding site.
Figure 14. Construction of Plasmid pFN 194-2 which expresses a fused 31 kP FBP-33 kP CBP polypeptide
The large PvuII-Hindlll fragment produced by digestion of plasmid pFN 975-25 with PvuII and Hindlll was isolated and ligated with T4 PNA ligase to a pair of linkers, P (Figure 15) and then ligated to the cell binding domain (CBP) fragment obtained by digestion of plasmid pFN 137-2 (ATCC Accession No. 67910) with Ndel and Hindlll; see Figure 12 for definition of the CBP domain. The resulting plasmid, designated pFN 194-2, was transformed to Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence to Escherichia coli strain A4255. Plasmid pFN 194-2 is a low expressor of a fused r31 kP FBP- r33 kP CBP polypeptide of approximate molecular weight 64 kP, under the control of the λ PL promoter and the β-lacta- mase ribosomal binding site. The polypeptide encoded by plasmid pFN 194-2 contains PNA encoding the first 265 amino acids of fibronectin fused to a methionine codon, followed by the cPNA sequence for the CBP of fibronectin, commencing at the codon for amino acid serine at position 1 of the CBP.
One skilled in the art knows how to achieve high expression of the polypeptide expressed by plasmid pFN 194-2. An exa ple of such a high expressor is plasmid pFN 205-5 described in Figure 25.
Figure 15. Oligonucleotide linkers used in construction of plasmids
Four pairs of chemically synthesized oligomers (A, B, C and P) were prepared and were used to construct plasmids as described in Figures 10, 11, 13 and 14, respectively).
Figure 16. Uptake of labeled r31 kP FBP bv stainless
Figure imgf000018_0001
The bars and vertical brackets represent the mean ± SEM (N=10) of the specific radioactivity associated with isolated thrombi, vein segments carrying the thrombus ("thrombi in-situ") , or peripheral blood samples 24h after administration of 125I-31 kP FBP. For details, see Example 7, Section A.
Figure 17. Comparison of labeled r!2 kP. r20 kP and r31 kP FBP polypeptides in the rat venous thrombus model
The bars and vertical brackets represent the mean ± SEM (N=5) of the specific radioactivity associated with isolated thrombi (T) or blood (B) 24 hours after administration of the 125I-labeled recombinant polypeptides, as indicated. For details, see Example 7, Section B.
Figure 18. Metabolic stability of 125I-labeled r31 kP
FBP in rats
Rats were injected intravenously with 125I-r31 kP FBP (5 x
106 cpm/rat) in a similar experiment to that described in Figure 7. At the time intervals indicated blood samples were removed, placed in sodium citrate-containing tubes (final sodium-citrate concentration - 0.38%) and resulting blood aliquots were directed as follows: either (a) treated with 20% TCA and the TCA insoluble counts (after TCA precipitation) were measured; or (b) incubated with preformed clot (using 20 μl whole blood from control rat) ; binding of the 125I-31 kP FBP to the preformed clot was measured under the conditions of the two-step reaction II (Example 6) . The radioactivity was measured by a gamma counter and the activity of each sample was calculated as a percentage of total cpm present in the reaction mixture. (Normally TCA precipitation includes placing sample aliquots on filters which are counted for total cpm, washing the filter 3 times with 20% TCA followed by twice with 20% ethanol to extract the TCA, and recounting filters for TCA insoluble counts whereby the percentage of TCA-insoluble counts can be calculated.)
Figure 19. Binding of fibrin binding domain polypeptides to the fibrin clot
This experiment was carried out essentially as de-scribed for the two-step Reaction II (Example 6). 0.15 μM 125-ι of one of the fibrin binding domain polypeptides as indicated below was incubated at 37βC with preformed fibrin clot derived from 20 μl citrated whole blood. The binding was measured in the presence of 5 mM CaCl2 and 0.02 units/ml transglutaminase. The reaction was terminated, after a 45 minute incubation, by centrifugation; the pellet was washed three times with PBS and the radioactivity was measured in a gamma counter. 1. plasmatic 31 kP FBP (p31 kP)
2. rl2 kP
3. r20 kP
4. r31 kP (Batch A)
5. r31 kP (Batch B)
6. r31 kP (Batch C)
Figure 20. Comparison of binding of 125I-rl2 kP to fresh and frozen fibrin clots
This experiment was carried out essentially as described for the two-step Reaction II (Example 6) . Preformed fibrin clots derived from 20 μl citrated whole human blood were either frozen at -70°C for 7 days (frozen clots) or used immediately after their formation (fresh clots) .
The fibrin clots were incubated with 0.15 μM 125I-rl2 kP in the presence or absence of 0.02 units/ml guinea-pig liver transglutaminase (Sigma) . The binding to fibrin clots was measured as described in Example 6.
Figure 21. Refolding and purification of the r20 kP polypeptide as monitored by elution profiles from a Superose 12 column (attached to a FPLC)
Aliquots of 200 μl of the r20 kP polypeptide at various stages of the refolding and purification process were injected on top of a Superose 12 column (attached to a FPLC) . The column was equilibrated and eluted with a solution of 150 mM NaCl/20 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.8, at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min. The lower trace is obtained from the FPLC Controller LCC-500. A. Pellet of r20 kP polypeptide solubilized in 6 M Guanidine-HCl and reduced with 50 mM β- mercaptoethanol; B. Refolded and air-reoxidized r20 kP polypeptide; C. Q-Sepharose bound polypeptides, i.e.. material which was separated from the purified r20 kP; P. Flow-through from the «-Sepharose column; E. Flow-through from the Heparin-Sepharose column, i.e., material which was separated from the purified r20 kP; F. Purified 20 kP polypeptide (retention time = 18.16 min) , eluted from the Heparin-Sepharose column with 0.5 M NaCl. Note that there is no peak at this retention time of 18.16 min in Profile A, where the material is in reduced form, nor in Profiles C & E, which contain incorrectly folded forms of the 20 kP polypeptide.
Figure 22. Refolding and purification of the r!2 kP polypeptide as monitored by elution profiles from a Superose 12 column (attached to a Waters HPLC system)
Aliquots of 25-100 μl of the rl2 kP polypeptide at various stages of the refolding and purification process were injected on top of a Superose 12 column (attached to a Waters HPLC system) . The column was equilibrated and eluted with a solution of 150 mM NaCl/20 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.8, at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min. A. Pellet of rl2 kP polypeptide solubilized in 6 M Guanidine-HCl and reduced with 50 mM β- mercaptoethanol; B. Refolded and air-reoxidized rl2 kP polypeptide; C. Q-Sepharose bound polypeptides, i.e., material which was separated from the purified rl2 kD; P. Flow-through from both the Q- and Heparin-Sepharose columns (in this case, the columns were connected in series and the flow-through from the Q-Sepharose was therefore automatically loaded on the Heparin-Sepharose column) , i.e. , material which was separated from the purified rl2 kP; E. Purified rl2 kP polypeptide (retention time - 18.83 min) , eluted from the Heparin-Sepharose column with 0.5 M NaCl. Note that there is no peak at this retention time of 18.83 min in Profile A, where the material is in reduced form, nor in Profiles C & P, which contain incorrectly folded forms of the rl2 kP polypeptide.
Figure 23. Construction of Plasmid pFN 208-13
Two aliquots of plasmid pFN 975-25 (ATCC No. 67832) were separately digested with XmnI and Xbal-Styl respectively. The large fragments were isolated from each digest and mixed together with the synthetic oligomer shown in Figure 8. The mixture was then boiled for 2.5 minutes, cooled gradually for 60 minutes at 30°C, followed by 60 minutes at 4°C, and finally 30 minutes at 0°C. The now reannealed PNA was then filled in by Klenow fragment and ligated with T4 PNA ligase. The PNA was transformed into E.coli A1645 and transformants were screened for a clone positive for the oligomer. The plasmid from a positive clone was designated pFN 208-13, and deposited in the ATCC in a host E.coli A4255 as Accession No. 68456. This plasmid expresses an 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide of the amino terminal end of the molecule under control of the λ PL promotor and the J-lactamase ribosomal binding site.
Figure 24. Synthetic Linker Used in Construction of
Plasmjd pfN 308-13
This figure shows the synthetic oligomer used in construction of plasmid pFN 208-13 (Figure 23)
Figure 25. Construction of Plasmid pFN 205-5
The small fragment was isolated from the digestion of plasmid pFN 194-2 (Figure 14) by Xbal-Hindlll. The small fragment was isolated from Ndel-Hindlll digestion of plasmid pFN 962-3 (disclosed in coassigned patent application PCT/US89/05875 and published as international publication no. WO/90/07577 on July 12, 1990, Figures 45-49 and the description of the figures) . These two fragments were then ligated with the large fragment isolated from the Ndel- Hindlll digest of plasmid pMLK-100 (ATCC Accession No. 68605) . The resulting plasmid designated 205-5 is a high expressor of a 64 kP polypeptide containing the 31 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP under control of the λPL promoter, CII ribosomal binding site and containing the trp transcription terminator designated "ter" immediately downstream of the structural gene. This polypeptide has been purified and refolded essentially as described for a 31 kP FBP polypeptide disclosed in the above-referenced PCT publication.
Figure 26. Construction of Plasmid pFN 201-3
The large fragment was isolated from the Hindlll-Styl digest of plasmid pFN 949-2 (ATCC Accession No. 67831) , and ligated with the small fragment isolated from the Hindlll-Styl digest of plasmid pFN 196-2 (ATCC Accession No. 68328) . The resulting plasmid designated pFN 201-3 expresses the 12 kP FBP polypeptide under control of the λPL promotor and CII ribosomal binding site.
Figure 27. Construction of Plasmid PFN 203-2
The large fragment was isolated from the Ndel-Hindlll digest of plasmid pMLK-100 (deposited in E.coli 4300 under ATCC Accession No. 68605) and ligated with the small fragment isolated from the Ndel-Hindlll digest of plasmid pFN 201-3. The resulting plasmid designated pFN 203-2 which expresses the 12 kP FBP polypeptide under control of the λ PL promotor, Cχι ribosomal binding site and trp transcription termination sequence designated "ter" was deposited in ATCC in E.coli A4255 under ATCC Accession No. 68606. Plasmid pFN 203-2 is also known as pFN 203-2-3. Figure 28. Binding of FBP Polypeptide Fragments to
Vascular Components
This figure shows the low degree of binding of the 12 kP polypeptide to vascular components such as endothelial cells, extracellular matrix, and immobilized fibronectin by comparison with the 31 kP as described in Example 9. The binding of the 12 kP was increased but still remained relatively low in comparison to the 31 kP even with the addition of exogenous transglutaminase.
Figure 29. Effect of Various FBP Polypeptide Fragments on the Binding of S.aureus to Endothelial Cells (EC)
Preparation of labelled S. aureus and the endothelial cell (EC) binding assay are described in Example 9. The inhibitory effect of plasmatic and recombinant 31 kP, recombinant 18.5 kP, and recombinant 12 kP on binding of £4. aureus to EC were tested.
This figure shows the dose effect of different FBP polypeptides on binding of S. aureus to endothelial cells at 4°C in the presence or absence of fetal calf serum (FCS) . (Previous experiments showed a dramatic increase of 2-3 fold in binding of S. aureus to EC in the presence of FCS at 37°C, but only a slight increase at 4°C. The increase is probably due to the presence of plasma fibronectin in FCS.) In the present experiment performed at 4°C, there is no significant effect of added FCS on the binding. Both the plasmatic and recombinant 31 kP show a strong dose dependent inhibition of binding, while the recombinant 18.5 kD and 12 kD polypeptide fragments caused virtually no inhibition of binding indicating they have little or no S.aureus binding affinity. Figure 30. Binding of Pifferent FBP Polypeptide
Fragments to Preformed Fibrin Clot
(Reaction II)
This figure shows the specificity of different FBP polypeptides to a preformed fibrin clot as described in Example 9. The FBP polypeptides tested were the 31 kP, 20 kP, 18.5 kP and 12 kP. Additionally, a 45 kP fusion polypeptide of the 12 kP FBP fragment fused to the 33 kP CBP (Example 40) was tested. A 33 kP CBP polypeptide (coassigned PCT Publication No. WO/90/07577, pages 62-64) was included as a control. All of the FBP polypeptides tested, including the 45 kP fusion polypeptide, bound to a preformed fibrin clot in similar proportions (25-38% bound) . The 33 kP CBP alone bound to the clot in a small proportion only. The transglutaminase inhibitor iodoacetate (IAC) inhibited binding by 50-75% indicating that transglutaminase is an active component of the binding reaction. The binding of the 33 kP CBP polypeptide was not appreciably affected by iodoacetate indicating that it binds by a different mechanism.
Figure 31. In vivo thrombi labeling using the 12 kP and 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragments is described in Example 13. The figure shows the results as specific radioactivity of thrombus (hatched bars) and blood (open bars) of stainless-steel coil-bearing rats, 24h after intravenous administration of 111In-labelled recombinant FBP proteins. The bars and vertical brackets represent the means and SEM of cpm/g wet weight, respectively. The thrombus: blood ratios are shown in Figure 32.
Figure 32. Thrombus to blood ratios of specific radioactivity 24h after administration of luIn-labelled 12 kP-, 18.5 kP- and 31 kP-FBP in the rat coil model described in Fig. 31. Figure 33. Lineweaver-Burke plots for human Glu-Plasminogen activation kinetics, at pH 7.4 and 37°C, using either SK or the FBP-SK complex as activators. In a 200 μl volume, in 96- well plates, the plasminogen substrate concentration varied between 0.9xl0"6 and 2.7xlO"6M. The S-2251 substrate (H-P- Val-Leu-Lys-pNA) final concentration was 5xlO" M and the final activator concentration was 2xlO"9M. The rate of reaction, v, represents the change in absorbance at 405nm, ΔA (absorbance units) , per time At (min) .
Figure 34. Fibrin-agar plates were prepared by mixing 5 ml (2mg/ml) fibrinogen, 5 ml (0.4%) Noble-agar, 0.5 ml (1M) CaCl2 and 0.5 ml (lOu/ml) thrombin, all in imidazole- buffered saline pH 7.4. After polymerization small wells were made using Pasteur pipettes and vacuum, into which aliquots of SK or FBP-SK complex, at concentrations between 10 -10 ng/ml, were added. After incubation at 37°C overnight the lysis zone was measured.
Figure 35. Guinea Pig Transglutaminase Catalyzed
Incorporation of r1 C] Putrescine into FBP or the FBP-SK Complex.
Assays were performed up to 30 min at room temperature with 6 μM FBP SK, or FBP-SK complex, 0.05u/ml transglutaminase, 6 μM[14C] putrescine, 6 μM cold putrescine, 50 mM Tris HCl pH 7.5 and 10 mM CaCl2- Controls with 20 mM EPTA (dotted line) or 5 mM PTT (dashed line) were also included. (Δ) SK, (H) FBP, (D) FBP-SK complex. Dβtailed Description of the Invention
The plasmids pFN 975-25, pFN 949-2, pFN 137-2, and pFN 196-2 were deposited pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) , 12301 Parklawn Drive, Rockville, Maryland 20852 under ATCC Accession Nos. 67832, 67831, 67910 and 68328, respectively. Similarly, many of the other ATCC deposits referred to in the subject application were also deposited pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements of the Budapest Treaty.
The primary sequence of human fibronectin has been shown to be organized in three types of homologous repeats, Types I, II, and III. The fibrin-binding domain (FBD), comprised of 259 amino acids with an apparent molecular weight of 31 kD, is made up of five Type I repeats ("fingers") , each about 45 amino acids long with two disulfide bonds, connected to two stretches of about 20 amino acids each at both the N-and C- terminal ends of the protein.
An overall schematic view of the structure of the domains of fibronectin and the recombinant molecules constructed is shown in Figure 1.
The recombinant fibrin binding domain (FBP) polypeptides claimed herein comprise polypeptide fragments of the fibrin binding domain (r20 kP, rl8.5 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides). These polypeptides are smaller than the 31 kP polypeptide and comprise part of the sequence of the fibrin binding domain. Many other polypeptides of the fibrin binding domain may be expressed by additional plasmids constructed, using methods known in the art, from plasmids described in this application and these polypeptides may be refolded, reoxidized, and purified using methods described in this application.
The full length recombinant fibrin binding domain (the r31 kP polypeptide) described in this application comprises the first 262 amino acids of fibronectin with the sequence arg- ala-ala-val at the carboxy-terminus. An additional methionine residue is present at the amino terminus of all the final polypeptides and polypeptide fragments of the FBP. The plasmatic fibrin binding domain derived by tryptic digestion of plasma fibronectin comprises the first 259 amino acids of fibronectin, i.e. with arginine at the carboxy-terminus and the first encoded amino acid, glutamine, converted to a pyroglutamate residue.
The r31 kP polypeptide has five of the Type I homology loops or fingers discussed above (i.e. 10 disulfide bonds), the r20 kP polypeptide and rl8.5 kP polypeptide both have three loops (i.e. 6 disulfide bonds) , and the rl2 kP polypeptide has two loops (i.e. 4 disulfide bonds) . The presence of these disulfide bonds explains the necessity and also the difficulty of the refolding/reoxidation procedure developed to obtain and purify correctly folded FBP polypeptides which have the correct disulfide bonds. The correctly folded FBP polypeptides are biologically active, i.e. they can bind to fibrin; additionally, the r31 kP polypeptide can bind to Staphylococcus aureus.
The recombinant FBP polypeptides are produced in inclusion bodies which are obtained in the pellet produced after disruption of the cell cake.
This invention discloses the production of recombinant polypeptide fragments of the fibronectin fibrin binding domain (FBP) for use in thrombus imaging and prevention of thrombus formation. These polypeptides may also be bound to a thrombolytic agent for targeting the agent to a thrombus.
The recombinant cells which produce the polypeptide fragments of the FBP can be any cells in which a PNA sequence encoding an FBP polypeptide fragment has been introduced by recombinant PNA techniques. The cell must be capable of expressing the PNA sequence and producing the polypeptide product. The cell may be a mammalian cell, a fungal cell such as a yeast cell, or a bacterial cell.
The bacterial cell can be any strain including auxotrophic, prototrophic and lytic strains, F+ and F" strains, strains harboring the cI857 repressor sequence of the λ prophage and strains deleted for the deo repressors or the deo gene.
Examples of wild type Escherichia coli strains are prototroph ATCC No. 12435, and auxotroph MC1061 (ATCC Accession No. 67361) .
Examples of Escherichia coli strains which harbor the λ cI857 repressor sequence are the auxotrophs A1645 harboring plasmid pTVR 279-8 (ATCC No. 53216) , A1637 harboring plasmid pTV 104(2) (ATCC No. 39384), and A2097 harboring plasmid pS0Pα2 (ATCC No. 39786) , and the prototrophs A4255 harboring plasmid pFN 975-25 (ATCC No. 67832) and biotin-independent A4346 harboring plasmid pHG44 (ATCC No. 53218).
An example of a lytic Escherichia coli strain is A4048 which harbors plasmid pHG44 (ATCC No. 53217) .
Examples of F" strains are Escherichia coli Sφ930 (F") harboring plasmid pMF 5534 deposited under ATCC No. 67703 and Escherichia coli W31100 (F") harboring plasmid pMFS 929 deposited under ATCC No. 67705. Examples of Escherichia coli strains deleted for the deo gene or deo repressors are S 732 harboring plasmid pMF 2005 (ATCC No. 67362), Sφ540 harboring plasmid pJBF 5401 (ATCC No. 67359) , and Sø930 harboring plasmid pEFF 920 (ATCC No. 67706) (see European Patent Application Publication No. 0303972, published February 22, 1989).
The plasmids of this invention may be introduced into suitable bacterial host cells, preferably Escherichia coli. An example of a suitable Escherichia coli cell is strain A4255 (F+) [ATCC Accession No. 67832], but other Escherichia coli strains and other bacteria can also be used as host cells for the plasmids. Such bacteria include Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Bacillus subtilis.
All of the Escherichia coli host strains described above can be "cured" of the plasmids they harbor by methods well known in the art, e.g. the ethidiu bromide methods described by R.P. Novick in Bacteriol. Rev. 21: 210 (1969).
The bacterial cell may contain the FBP sequence encoding the FBP polypeptide in the body of a vector PNA molecule such as a plasmid. The vector or plasmid is constructed by recombinant PNA techniques so that the sequence encoding the FBP polypeptide is incorporated at a suitable position in the molecule.
Plasmids used for production of the FBP polypeptides can harbor a variety of promoters such as the λ promoter or the deo promoters.
Among the plasmids which may be used for production of FBP polypeptides are the following: a) Plasmid pFN 975-25 which expresses the r31 kP FBP and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli strain A4255 in the ATCC under Accession No. 67832;
b) Plasmid pFN 949-2 which expresses the r20 kP FBP and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli strain A4255 in the ATCC under Accession No. 67831;
c) Plasmid pFN 196-2 which expresses the rl2 kP FBP and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli strain
A4255 in the ATCC under Accession No. 68328;
d) Plasmid pFN 197-10 which expresses a modified 12 kP FBP polypeptide, and which has been described in Figure 11 of this application;
e) Plasmid pFN 195-4 which expresses the r31 kP polypeptide fused to the sequence PGRGPS, and which has been described in Figure 13 of this application;
f) Plasmid pFN 201-3 which expresses a 12 kP FBP polypeptide fragment under control of λPL and the C∑I rbs, and which has ben described in Figure 26 of this application.
g) Plasmid pFN 203-2 which expresses a 12 kP FBP polypeptide fragment under control of λPL and the CII rbs, and additionally contains a transcription terminator designated "ter," and which has been described in Figure 27 of this application and which has been deposited in Escherichia coli A4255 in ATCC under Accession No. 68606.
h) Plasmid pFN 205-5 which expresses a 64 kP polypeptide comprising a 31 kP full-length FBP polypeptide fused to a 33 kP fragment of the fibronectin cell-binding domain (CBP) and which has been described in Figure 25 of this application.
i) Plasmid pFN 208-13 which expresses an 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragment which has been described in Figure
23 of this application and has been deposited in
Escherichia coli A4255 in ATCC under Accession No.
68456.
j) Any plasmid, derived from the above plasmids, containing FBP sequences encoded by the above plasmids; and
k) Any plasmid which contains FBP sequences encoded by the above plasmids.
The subject invention provides an imaging agent which comprises a polypeptide labeled with an imageable marker, such polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin. Also provided is a composition comprising an effective imaging amount of such an imaging agent and a physiologically acceptable carrier.
The polypeptides which are labeled with an imageable marker may be polypeptide fragments of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin; they may be produced using recombinant PNA techniques; or encoded by genes synthesized in a PNA synthesizer. Applicants have provided three examples of such polypeptides, with the preferred embodiments being the 18.5 kP and 12 kP polypeptides. As would be understood by one skilled in the art, the terms "having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin" encompasses, i.e. , naturally-occurring allelic variations and recombinant variations, such as site-directed mutagenesis. These are all encompassed by applicants' "polypeptide," the only limitation being the ability to bind to fibrin.
The imageable marker used is a matter of choice to one skilled in the art. It is preferred that the marker be a radioactive isotope, an element which is opaque to X-rays, or a paramagnetic ion.
Radioactive isotopes are commonly used in medicine and are well known to those skilled in the art. It is presently preferred that the marker be indium-Ill, technetium-99m, iodine-123, iodine-125, iodine-131, krypton-81m, xenon-133, or gallium-67, or mixtures thereof. Most preferably, the .marker is technetium-99m or indium-Ill.
The detectable marker may also be a paramagnetic ion. Paramagnetic ions are also commonly used in medicine. Examples of such markers include chelated metal ions of chromium (III) , manganese (II) , iron (III) , iron (II) , cobalt (II) , nickel (II) , copper (II) , praseodymium (III) , neodymium (III) , samarium (III) , gadolinium (III) , terbium (III) , dysprosium (III) , holmium (III) , erbium (III) , ytterbium (III) , or mixtures thereof.
Preferably, the imaging agent comprises a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2 and about 20 additional amino acids; or an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2; or a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2. By means of partial amino acid sequence analysis we have shown that the 12 kP and 20 kP as well as the previously disclosed 31 kP polypeptides all contain an additional N-terminal methionine. Since all the polypeptide fragments of the FBP have identical N- terminal sequences it may be assumed that the 18.5 kP, 45 kP and 64 kP polypeptides also have the additional N-terminal methionine. However, the invention claimed herein also includes the polypeptides without the additional N-terminal methionine.
The subject invention also provides a method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance, i.e. a thrombus or atherosclerotic plaque, which comprises contacting the fibrin-containing substance to be imaged with the agent as disclosed above under conditions such that the agent binds to the fibrin-containing substance and imaging bound agent and thereby imaging the fibrin-containing substance.
Further provided is a method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance in a subject which comprises:
(a) administering to the subject a composition of the agent as disclosed above under conditions permitting the imaging agent therein to enter the blood stream and bind to fibrin present in the blood vessels;
(b) imaging bound agent within the blood vessels; and thereby
(c) imaging the fibrin-containing substance.
Preferably, the polypeptide of the reagent used in the above methods for imaging a fibrin-containing substance is a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2; the 20 kP polypeptide comprising less than about 20 additional amino acids; an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2; or a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2.
Preferred markers used in the above methods for imaging a fibrin-containing substance are radioactive isotopes, elements which are opaque to X-rays, or paramagnetic ions. Most preferred markers are radioactive isotopes, such as indium-Ill, technetium-99m, iodine-123, iodine-125, iodine- 131, krypton-81m, xenon-133, and gallium-67.
Imaging may be done through any of the methods known to one skilled in the art. These methods include but are not limited to X-ray, CAT scan, PET scan, NMRI, and fluoroscopy. Preferably, the imaging of the fibrin-containing substance by the above methods is carried out using a gamma camera.
Further provided is a plasmid for expression of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin comprising PNA encoding the polypeptide and PNA encoding suitable regulatory elements positioned relative to the PNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable host cell.
Applicants have provided three examples of polypeptide fragments of the fibrin binding domain of fibronectin. These include the r20 kP, rl8.5 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides. These polypeptides exhibit the binding and adhesive proper¬ ties of portions of naturally-occurring human fibronectin. The scope of the claims of the subject application are not intended to be limited to these three FBP polypeptide fragments, which are examples of preferred embodiments only.
In preferred embodiments, the polypeptide is about a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin; about an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin; or about a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin.
In more preferred embodiments, the polypeptide is an 18.5 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2, a 20 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2; the 20 kP polypeptide comprising less than about 20 additional amino acids; or a 12 kP polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2. As noted above, the polypeptides also may have the additional N-terminal methionine. However, the invention claimed herein also includes the polypeptides without the additional N-terminal methionine.
Naturally-occurring human fibronectin is as it occurs in the human body (in plasma) . As used throughout this application, a substantial portion is at least one fifth (1/5) . A polypeptide which has the biological activity of the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin exhibits binding or adhesive properties similar to those of the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin when the level of such activity is assayed or determined.
In this invention, the amino acid sequence of the various functional domains are determined by cleavage of the cPNA which encodes the domains with restriction enzymes, and do not necessarily correspond to the amino acid sequence of the domains as obtained and defined by proteolytic digestion of fibronectin.
The plasmid of this invention further comprises suitable regulatory elements positioned relative to the PNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable host cell, such as promoters and operators, e.g. λ PL0L, ribosomal binding sites, e.g. CIX, and repressers. Other suitable regulatory elements include, for example, the lac, trp, tac, lpp and deo promoters (European Patent Application Publication No. 0303972, published February 22, 1989).
The suitable regulatory elements are positioned relative to the PNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable bacterial host cell. In preferred embodiments of the invention, the regulatory elements are positioned close to and upstream of the PNA encoding the polypeptide.
Further provided is a plasmid designated pFN 949-2 and deposited in Escherichia coli strain A1645 under ATCC Accession No. 67831. Plasmid pFN 949-2 encodes a 20 kP polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-153 of Figure 2 with an additional N-terminal methionine, and less than 20 additional amino acids.
Also provided is a plasmid designated pFN 196-2 and deposited in Escherichia coli strain A4255 under ATCC Accession No. 68328. Plasmid pFN 196-2 encodes a 12 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-109.
Also provided is a plasmid designated pFN 208-13 deposited in Escherichia coli A4255 under ATCC Accession No. 68456. Plasmid pFN 208-13 encodes an 18.5 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-154 of Figure 2 and may be assumed to have an additional N-terminal methionine as described above.
Also provided is a plasmid designated pFN 203-2 deposited in Escherichia coli A4255 under ATCC Accession No. 68606. Plasmid pFN 203-2 expresses a 12 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin-binding domain of human fibronectin comprising amino acids 1-109 of Figure 2 with an additional N-terminal methionine.
Also provided is a plasmid designated pFN 205-5 which expresses a 64 kD polypeptide comprising a 31 kD full-length FBD polypeptide fused to a 33 kD fragment of the fibronectin CBD (described in Figure 25) .
As discussed above, it may be assumed that all of the polypeptides produced by the plasmids of this invention contain an additional N-terminal methionine.
In presently preferred embodiments, the invention provides an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 975-25 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 67832; an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 949-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 67831; and an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 196-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 68328; an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 203-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 68606; and an Escherichia coli cell containing the plasmid designated pFN 208-13 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 68456.
The invention provides a method of producing a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises treating a cell containing a plasmid comprising DNA encoding the polypeptide so that the DNA directs expression of the polypeptide and recovering from the cell the polypeptide so expressed.
Preferably, the polypeptide so produced is an 18.5 kD, 20 kD, or 12 kD polypeptide fragment of the fibrin binding domain.
Further provided is a purified polypeptide substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin.
Preferably, the polypeptide is a 20 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2; the 20 kD polypeptide comprising less than about 20 additional amino acids; or an 18.5 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2; or a 12 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin and having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2. As noted above, the polypeptides also may have the additional N-terminal methionine. However, the invention claimed herein also includes the polypeptides without the additional N-terminal methionine.
These shorter FBD polypeptide fragments, i.e. 20 kD, 18.5 kD, and 12 kD are advantageous over the 31 kD FBD polypeptide. They are easier to refold, lack the bacterial binding domain, and have a much reduced binding specificity for other vascular components such as endothelial cells, extracellular matrix and fibronectin by comparison to the 31 kD polypeptide, while maintaining a fibrin-binding activity similar to that of the 31 kD polypeptide.
The invention further provides such a purified polypeptide substantially free of other substances of human origin fused to a second polypeptide, the second polypeptide comprising a substantial portion of the amino acid sequence of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin.
Preferably, the fused polypeptide is a 45 kD fused polypeptide, wherein the purified polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the cell binding domain of naturally- occurring human fibronectin is a 33 kD polypeptide. The fused polypeptide may also comprise a 31 kD purified polypeptide and a second polypeptide which contains the amino acid sequence DGRGDS. Another preferred fused polypep¬ tide is a 64 kD fused polypeptide, wherein the purified polypeptide is a 31 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin is a 33 kD polypeptide.
The invention also provides a plasmid for expression of the 45 kP fused polypeptide, disclosed above, designated pFN 202-5; a plasmid for expression of the 31 kP/GRGPS fused polypeptide, disclosed above, designated pFN 195-4; and a plasmid for expression of the 64 kP fused polypeptide, disclosed above, designated pFN 194-2.
As used throughout the subject application, "fused" or "bound" encompasses polypeptides bound covalently, non- covalently, or conjugated. The polypeptides may be conju¬ gated through other chemical moities including amino acid or polypeptide cross-linkers, which are standardly used in the art and are well-known to those skilled in the art to which the subject invention pertains.
Numerous methods are known in the art for detection of thrombi, such as radioactive labeling (nuclear medicine use of isotopes) , radio-opaque labeling (such as CAT scan) , and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) . Any of these labeling methods can be used in the method of the subject invention for detecting the thrombus. In each of these detection methods the polypeptide is used as a diagnostic agent for detecting the thrombus.
Also provided is a method of refolding and reoxidizing a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin but lacking the disulfide bonds of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises contacting the polypeptide with a thiol-containing compound in the presence or absence of a disulfide so as to refold and reoxidize the polypep¬ tide.
Preferably, the thiol-containing compound is selected from the group consisting of glutathione, thioredoxin, β- mercaptoethanol, and cysteine.
Preferably, the thiol-containing compound is β-mercapto- ethanol and the disulfide is produced in situ by introduction of air.
Preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group con¬ sisting of an 18.5 kP polypeptide, a 20 kP polypeptide, a 12 kP polypeptide and a 45 kD polypeptide. The 45 kD chimera polypeptide consisting of the 12 kD FBD fused to the 33 kD CBD has been refolded and reoxidized using exactly the same method as the smaller FBD polypeptides.
The method of refolding and reoxidizing may additionally comprise contacting the polypeptide with a denaturant.
Preferred denaturants are guanidine hydrochloride and urea.
Preferably, the polypeptide is at a low concentration, such as below 1,000 μg/ml.
The subject invention also provides a method for recovering a purified biologically active polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises:
(a) producing in a bacterial cell by means of expression of a plasmid containing DNA encoding the polypeptide a first polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide but lacking the disulfide bond; (b) disrupting the cell so as to produce a lysate containing the first polypeptide;
(c) centrifuging the lysate so as to concentrate the first polypeptide;
(d) separating the concentrated first polypeptide;
(e) solubilizing the separated, concentrated first polypeptide;
(f) refolding and reoxidizing the solubilized first polypeptide so as to form the biologically active polypeptide;
(g) separating the refolded and reoxidized biologically active polypeptide;
(h) recovering the purified, refolded and reoxidized biologically active polypeptide; and
(i) purifying the biologically active polypeptide so recovered.
Preferably, the refolding and reoxidizing comprises contacting the polypeptide with a thiol-containing compound in the presence or absence of a disulfide so as to refold and reoxidize the polypeptide. Preferably, the thiol- containing compound is selected from the group consisting of glutathione, thioredoxin, β-mercaptoethanol, and cysteine.
In one preferred embodiment, the thiol-containing compound is β-mercaptoethanol and the disulfide is produced in situ by introduction of air. Preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group con¬ sisting of an 18.5 kD polypeptide, a 20 kP polypeptide, a 12 kP polypeptide and a 45 kP polypeptide. As noted above, the 45 kP chimera polypeptide consisting of the 12 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP has been refolded and reoxidized using exactly the same method as the smaller FBP polypeptides.
The method may additionally comprise contacting the polypeptide with a denaturant, such as guanidine hydro- chloride or urea.
Preferably, the polypeptide is at a low concentration, such as below 1,000 μg/ml.
Preferably, the separating of the concentrated polypeptide in step (c) comprises chromatography, preferably Heparin- Sepharose chromatography.
The subject invention also provides a method of inhibiting thrombus formation in a subject susceptible to thrombus formation which comprises administering to the subject an amount of a polypeptide (selected from the polypeptides and fused polypeptides disclosed above) effective to inhibit thrombus formation. The polypeptide may be reduced or alternatively the S-H groups may be blocked (e.g. by carboxymethylation or carboxamidomethylation to prevent reoxidation) .
The subject invention also provides a polypeptide as disclosed above bound to a thrombolytic agent for the targeting of thrombolytic agents. The thrombolytic agents may be selected from tissue plasminogen activator (TPA) , urokinase, streptokinase, prourokinase, Anisoylated Plasminogen-StreptokinaseActivator Complex (Eminase™) , TPA analogs, or a protease. In one embodiment of the invention, the polypeptide has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin, is capable of binding to fibrin, has a molecular weight above about 6 kP but less than about 20 kD, has the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or met-gln-ala-gln-gln at the N- terminus of the polypeptide and wherein the thrombolytic agent is streptokinase.
In a preferred embodiment, the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the thrombolytic agent is streptokinase.
Further provided is a method for achieving thrombolysis of a thrombus which comprises administering to a subject an amount of the polypeptide bound to a thrombolytic agent effective to achieve thrombolysis.
The invention also provides a method of treating a subject with a wound which comprises administering to the subject an amount of a purified polypeptide, which is substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and is capable of binding to fibrin, in conjunction with a polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin effective to treat the wound. In one embodiment of the method, the cell binding domain polypeptide is a 40 kD polypeptide or a 33 kD polypeptide.
Further provided is a method of treating a subject with a wound which comprises administering to the subject an amount of the fused polypeptide of a purified polypeptide, which is substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and which is capable of binding to fibrin, fused to a second polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the amino acid sequence of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin effective to treat the subject. In one embodiment of the method, the fused polypeptide may be a 45 kD polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide. In another embodiment, the fused polypeptide may be a 64 kD fused polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is a 31 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide.
The wound treated by the methods of the invention may be a cutaneous wound, such as an incisional wound, a skin deficit wound, a skin graft wound, or a burn wound. The wound may also be an eye wound, wherein the eye wound is a corneal epithelial would or a corneal stromal wound. Furthermore, the the wound may be a tendon injury.
EXAMPLES
All the references to map positions correspond to the identically numbered positions along the nucleotide sequence of human fibronectin cDNA shown in Figure 2 (see also Figure 3 of Baralle, F.E., European Patent Publication No. 207,751, published January 7, 1987).
This patent application is directed to polypeptide fragments of the N-terminus fibrin binding domain (FBP) . Experimental results with the 31 kP polypeptide are presented for purposes of comparison with the shorter fragments. Some of the proteins described are fusion proteins comprising an FBP fragment joined at its C-terminus to the N-terminus of a fragment of the cell binding domain (CBP) .
The cPNA sequence corresponding to the CBP which applicants have cloned and expressed is missing the 270 bp extra domain (ED) segment which extends from nucleotides 4811 to 5080, inclusive, on the Baralle map (see Figure 2). Thus, the cDNA sequence which is said to extend from nucleotide 3317 to 5566 on the Baralle map, contains only 1980 nucleotides, because it is missing the 270 nucleotides of the ED segment, namely from nucleotides 4811 to 5080 inclusive; this region is also known in the art as the ED-A region. Because nucleotide 5081 is changed from G to A, amino acid 1690 is changed from alanine to threonine. Similarly, the polypeptide expressed by that DNA fragment would encode from amino acid 1102 to amino acid 1851 on the Baralle map but would be missing the 90 amino acids encoded by the ED region, namely amino acids 1600-1689 inclusive, and thus it would contain only 660 amino acids. This is true for all CBD fragments described in this application which span the ED region. (The region known in the art as the ED-B region is missing both in Baralle's sequence and in applicants' cDNA.) The EcoRI cleavage site shown at position 3317 was constructed by applicants during the cloning procedure by use of EcoRI linkers. This GAATTC sequence at positions 3313 to 3318 differs in 1 nucleotide from the corresponding Baralle sequence GATTC. This introduces a single nucleotide change C to A at nucleotide 3315. This changes the corresponding amino acid number 1100 from Thr to Asn.
EXAMPLE 1
Preparation of a Fibronectin cDNA Library
A cDNA library was prepared in λgtll from poly A+ mRNA isolated from human liver according to the published pro¬ cedures (13,14) . The cDNA fragments were cloned using EcoRI linkers and the cDNA library was screened for fibronectin (FN) positive plasmids using the following synthetic DNA probes.
Probes for cell binding domain (CBD) :
Probe Nucleotides (3•)CACTCTATAATGTCCTAGTGAATGCCTCTTTGTCCTCC (4355-
4392)
(3')AGAATCTCCTTCTGTCTTTTGTCCAGAACTAAG (3967-
3999)
(3•)CCGGTTGTTAGTTGTCAAAGACTACAAGGCTCCCTGGACC (4200-
4239)
Probes for N-terminal fibrin binding domain (FBD) :
(3')GGGGGTCGGAGGGATACCGGTGACACAGTGTCTTAA (817-850)
(3•)CGACGGGTGCTCCTTTAGACGTGTTGGTTACTTCCCCAGTAC (1310- 1340)
A series of FN cPNA clones covering the entire region of fibrin, collagen, heparin and cell binding domains was identified and isolated (Figure 9) . The cPNA fragments were subcloned into the EcoRI site of pBR322. The mRNA of FN is alternatively spliced and therefore dif¬ ferent length cPNA's have been reported in the literature. Applicants' cPNA corresponding to the cell binding domain has a 270 base pair deletion from base 4811 to base 5080 on the FN physical map (the complete non spliced cPNA) .
EXAMPLE 2
Expression and Purification of Fibrin Binding Domain (FBP) Polypeptides
A. Expression of a partial FBP 20 kP polypeptide
The FN cPNA clones obtained as described in Example 1 and depicted in Figure 9, did not include PNA encoding amino acids 1-190 of the FN molecule. These amino acids are part of the FBP. The PNA corresponding to nucleotides 14 to 472 and coding for amino acids 1-153 (Figure 2A) was constructed by ligation of 7 pairs of chemically synthesized nucleotides (Figures 3 and 4) . The synthetic PNA fragment was designed to contain an ATG initiation codon at the 5' end as well as convenient restriction sites for introduction into various expression vectors. To enable further manipulation of the PNA sequence coding for the FBP, nucleotide number 19, thymidine (T) was changed to adenine (A) , thereby eliminating a Pdel restriction site without altering the amino acid sequence. (The site of the nucleotide change is denoted by an asterisk in linker øl shown in Figure 3A.) The various steps for the cloning of the above synthetic PNA fragment into pBR322 plasmid vector digested with EcoRI and BamHI are described in Figure 4. The plasmid obtained was designated pFN 932-18. The PNA fragment coding for the first 153 N-terminal amino acids of fibronectin from plasmid pFN 932-18, was inserted into pTV 301, a λ PL expression vector, between the Ndel and Bglll sites replacing the PNA sequence coding for human growth hormone (hGH) in plasmid pTV 301 (Figure 5) .
The resulting plasmid, pFN 949-2, was deposited with the
American Type Culture Collection under Accession No. 67831. Plasmid pFN 949-2 was used to transform Escherichia coli prototroph A4255. These transformed Escherichia coli cells were found to express the partial FBP polypeptide in amounts comprising about 5% of the total cellular proteins. The polypeptide has a mobility of about 20 kP on reduced SPS polyacrylamide gels as determined from the mobility of the size markers. The polypeptide comprises the first 153 amino acids of fibronectin followed by 4 amino acids coded for by a synthetic linker and then several amino acids resulting from readthrough into the pBR322 vector due to the lack of a TAA termination codon, i.e., a total of 153 amino acids plus less than 20 additional amino acids, with an additional N-terminal methionine. Throughout this specification the polypeptide is referred to as the r20 kP polypeptide or the r20 kP FBP.
B. Expression of a "complete" FBP polypeptide
In order to obtain expression of the entire FBP polypeptide containing amino acids 1 to 262 the following plasmids were constructed:
1. Insertion of termination codon TAA at the 3' end
A synthetic oligonucleotide containing a TAA termination codon and a Bglll site having the following sequence:
5' CTGTTTAATAAGCA 3' GACAAATTCGTCTAG
was ligated to the 3• end of an EcoRI-PvuII fragment isolated from FN cPNA clone p931-5 and to a pBR322 vector digested with EcoRI and BamHI as described in Figure 6. The plasmid obtained was designated pFN935-12.
2. Subcloning of carboxy terminal region of FBP in a λ PL expression vector An EcoRI-Hindi DNA fragment coding for the carboxy terminal region of the FBD was isolated from plasmid pFN935-12 and ligated to plasmid pTV 194-80 digested with EcoRI and Smal as described in coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577 (Figure 46) . The plasmid obtained was designated pFN 946- 12.
3. Syntheses and cloning of DNA corresponding to nucleotides 468-599 of FN
Three pairs of chemically synthesized nucleotides were ligated to an EcoRI-Ddel FN fragment isolated from plasmid pFN932-18 (Figure 4) in the presence of pUC19 vector DNA (purchased from GIBCO BRL Co.) digested with EcoRI and Xbal as described in detail in the above-referenced PCT Publication (Figure 47) . The plasmid obtained was designated pFN 948-4.
4. Construction of a plasmid encoding the complete FBD region
In order to construct a plasmid which codes for the entire FBD, amino acid 1 to amino acid 262, an EcoRI-Xbal DNA fragment coding for FN was isolated from plasmid pFN948-4 and inserted into plasmid pFN 946-12 digested with EcoRI and Xbal as described in the above-referenced PCT Publication (Figure 48). The plasmid obtained was designated pFN-957. This plasmid contains the complete coding sequence for FBD but does not express the FBD polypeptide as it lacks a ribosomal binding site (RBS) .
5. Expression of the FBD under λ PL promoter and ell RBS
An Ndel-Hindlll fragment containing the FBD coding region and the TXT2 transcription terminators was isolated from plasmid pFN-957 and inserted into plasmid pTV 301 digested with Ndel and Hindlll as described in the above-referenced PCT Publication (Figure 49) . The resulting plasmid, desig¬ nated as pFN 962-3, directs the expression of a FBD polypeptide under the control of λ PL promoter and ell ribosomal binding site. Escherichia coli strains A1645 and A4255 transformed with this plasmid expressed only small amounts of the FBD polypeptide. The expression of the FBD polypeptide was detectable only by Western blot analysis using polyclonal antibodies directed against human plasma derived FN.
6. Expression of an FBD polypeptide under the λ PL promoter and the β-lactamase promoter and ribosomal binding site
As the level of expression of the FBD polypeptide obtained with plasmid pFN 962-3 was low, we added a DNA fragment coding for the β-lactamase promoter and β-lactamase RBS (PBLA) . The DNA fragment coding for PBLA was isolated from plasmid pBLAll (ATCC Accession No. 39788) and inserted into plasmid pFN 962-3 digested with Ndel, filled in with Klenow enzyme and digested with EcoRI (see the above-referenced PCT Publication). The plasmid obtained, designated pFN 975-25, was deposited with the American Type Culture Collection under ATCC Accession No. 67832. This plasmid was used to transform Escherichia coli prototroph A4255 (F+) .
These Escherichia coli cells were found to express the "complete" FBD polypeptide at levels comprising about 5-8% of the total cellular proteins. The polypeptide migrated on SDS-PAGE gels under reducing conditions with an apparent molecular weight of 31 kD, hence it is referred to as the 31 kD polypeptide or the r31 kD FBD.
C. Fermentation and growth conditions The clone expressing the r31 kD FBD polypeptide was fer¬ mented in rich medium (yeast extract and casein hydrolysate) containing ampicillin. Growth was carried out at 30°C. Expression was obtained upon induction at 42°C for 2 hours, and subsequently bacterial cell cake containing the r31 kD FBD polypeptide was obtained. Similarly, the clone expressing the r20 kD FBD was fermented and bacterial cell cake containing the r20 kD FBD polypeptide was obtained.
D. Refolding and purification of recombinant fibrin binding domain (r3l kD) polypeptide
The process is made up of three stages:
1. Crude processing of the bacterial cake.
2. Refolding/reoxidation.
3. Purification.
1. Crude processing
The cake is disrupted first in 5 volumes of 50 mM Tris- HCl/50 mM Na-EPTA, pH 8 (Buffer 1) ; the pellet is then treated with 1.2 volumes of Buffer 1 containing 100 mg/liter lysozyme (2 hours agitation at 37βC) . Triton X 100 is added to the resulting suspension (to 1%) , and after 30 min. at room temperature the suspension is centrifuged and the pellet is resuspended and washed twice with water. All these steps are performed by disruption of the pellet and centrifugation and the 31 kP stays in the pellet, as evidenced from SPS-PAGE gels.
The washed pellet is suspended in 14 volumes of 10. mM Tris-
HCl/5 mM EPTA/2 mM PMSF/2mM 6-aminocaproate, pH 7.5 (Buffer
A) and then treated successively with Buffer A containing: 1% decyl sulfate, 1% decyl sulfate/5% glycerol and 5% glycerol. The final treatment is with Buffer A without additives.
2. Refolding/reoxidation
Principle: To dissolve the pellet in 6M guanidine-HCl - GuCl - in the presence of a thiol reducing agent, such as glutathione - GSH - and to refold/reoxidize at a lower GuCl concentration by the addition of oxidized glutathione-GSSG.
The washed pellet from step 1 above is dissolved in 150-700 volumes of 6M GuCl/3mM GSH in Buffer A. The concentration of GuCl is lowered gradually, i.e., first 2 M, then 1 M and 0.5 M, while keeping the concentration of all other components constant, except for the volume, which at this stage is brought to 500-1000 fold higher than that of the pellet. At one of the intermediate concentrations of GuCl, i.e., between 0.5 and 2 M, refolding is initiated by the addition of 0.3 mM of GSSG and incubation at room temperature for 24-48 hours. The refolded 31 kP is then dialyzed against Buffer A without additives.
3. Purification
Concentration: The large volume of refolded 31 kP is first centrifuged to remove the insoluble pellet that contains no 31 kP and is then dialyzed against Tris-HCl, pH 7.8, before being concentrated and initially purified on a Heparin- Sepharose column.
Improved procedures for refolding/reoxidation and purification of the polypeptide fragments of the FBP are described in Examples 5 and 10. SXAMPLE 3
Pharmacodynamics of the r31 kP. r20 kP. r!8.5 kP and r!2 kP Fibrin Binding Pomain Polypeptide Fragments
The intensity and resolution of a clot (thrombus) image is governed by the interplay of the rate of incorporation of the radiopharmaceutical and its blood clearance rate. In order to elucidate the metabolic behavior of the r31 kP fibrin-binding domain, and to compare it to fibronectin (FN) , the r31 kP fibrin binding domain and plasma fibronectin were both iodinated with 125I by the IC1 method (24) and injected intravenously into rats. The results are shown in Figure 7 which represents the pharmacokinetic behavior of 125I-r31 kP FBP and 125I-FN. Blood samples were withdrawn at the times shown on the graph.
Figure 7 demonstrates that the clearance rates of the two radioactive molecules are different and after 5 hours, only 3% of the r31 kP FBP but 20% of FN respectively remain in circulation.
Some of the rats were kept in individual metabolic cages, and accumulated urine and feces were collected at 7 hours and 24 hours. About 30% of the injected 125I-r31 kP radioactivity was excreted in the urine during the first 7 hours, and more than 90% was excreted after 24 hours. All of the urinary radioactivity was trichloroacetic acid- soluble, which is indicative of proteolytic degradation. The analysis of a variety of organs (kidney, stomach, liver, lung, uterus, ovary, adrenal, colon, ileum, skin, brain, eye, muscle, bladder, heart, spleen, trachea, aorta and vena-cava) did not reveal any specific accumulation, and the kinetics of disappearance of the radioactivity followed a pattern similar to that of the blood. In most of the organs, the specific radioactivity (cpm/gram tissue) was lower than that of the serum.
The results indicate that exogenous recombinant 31 kP amino- terminal polypeptide of FN is moderately degraded and excreted in the body. The pharmacokinetic behavior is not consistent with a first-order kinetics, which may indicate that the polypeptide is moderately distributed in the tissues and body compartments other than blood. This is also evident from the finding that the degree of degradation does not increase during the 4-24 hour period, thus reflecting a gradual release of the polypeptide from body compartments. The exclusive and relatively early appearance of the metabolites in the urine indicates that the polypeptide is readily excreted through the kidneys. The lack of accumulation of the material in the liver may be an indication that this organ is not a major locus of degradation and is not involved in detoxification.
The relatively short half-life of r31 kP FBP is important for its possible use in diagnostic imaging of thrombi. The recombinant 31 kP FBP (r31 kP) may be labeled radioactively or by other means and then introduced into the blood for the purpose of imaging thrombi.
The shorter half-life of the molecule is also important when utilizing it to prevent clot formation. By contrast, heparin, the current therapeutic agent of choice, suffers from a very long half-life.
A similar experiment was performed using iodinated 31 kP fibrin binding domain of plasmatic fibronectin and similar pharmacokinetics and distribution of radioactivity were observed. The 31 kP polypeptide was obtained by cleavage of plasmatic FN as follows: the plasmatic FN was purified on a Gelatin- Sepharose column from which it was eluted and stored in 1 M guanidinium hydrochloride. Thereafter, 206 mg of FN, after dialysis against 10 mM of Tris-HCl, were digested with 0.01% of TPCK-trypsin at 37βC for 5 minutes. The tryptic digest was loaded on a PE52 column (6 ml) and 1/5 of the flow- through fraction (50 ml) was applied to a CM-Sepharose column (3 ml) and eluted with a NaCl gradient (0-0.5 M) . About 80% of the polypeptide was recovered in the salt gradient (peak at about 220 mM) and after dialysis to remove the salt about 1/2 of the polypeptide was loaded on a Heparin-Sepharose column (1.5 ml) and eluted with 0.5 M NaCl. Approximately 75% of the polypeptide was recovered in this fraction, i.e., about 1 mg (about 40% of the theoreti¬ cal yield) . This fraction was >90% pure 31 kP polypeptide, and was iodinated by the method described above. In an improved embodiment the CM-Sepharose step is omitted and the Heparin-Sepharose step is performed directly after the PE52 column.
Note that plasmatic 31 kP FBP contains the first 259 amino acids of FN, whereas the recombinant 31 kP FBP contains the first 262 amino acids of FN and an additional N-terminal methionine.
Pharmacokinetics of the r20 kP. r!8.5 kP and r!2 kP fibrin binding domain polypeptides
Similar experiments were performed using labeled r20 kP, rl8.5 kP and rl2 kP fibrin binding domain polypeptides produced as described in Examples 2, 4, 5 and 10. The pharmacokinetics of these polypeptides was found to be very similar to that of the r31 kP polypeptide. EXAMPLE 4
Expression and Fermentation of Additional Fibrin Binding Pomain (FBP) Polypeptides
In Example 2 the expression of a partial r20 kP FBP and the full-length r31 kP FBP was described and in coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577, Example 24, an improved procedure for refolding and purification of the 31 kP FBP was disclosed. The construction of plasmids for expression of additional polypeptide fragments of the FBD is now described.
A. Expression of r!2 kD FBD polypeptide
Plasmid pFN 975-25, ATCC No. 67832, expresses the full- length r31 kD FBD of fibronectin and from it plasmid pFN 196-2 which expresses a partial FBD was constructed as shown in Figure 10. This plasmid was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence into Escherichia coli strain A4255 and deposited in A4255 in the ATCC under Accession No. 68328. These transformed cells were found to be good expressors of the partial FBD polypeptide in amounts comprising about 5% of the total cellular protein. The polypeptide has a mobility of about 14.4 kD on SDS polyacrylamide gels under reducing conditions as determined from the mobility of the size markers. The polypeptide comprises the first 109 amino acids of fibronectin. An additional methionine residue is present at the N-terminus of the final polypeptide. Throughout this specification this polypeptide is referred to as the rl2 kD polypeptide fragment or the rl2 kD FBD. B. Expression of a modified 12 kD (12 kD') partial FBD polypeptide
Plasmid pFN 975-25 (ATCC No. 67832) , which expresses the full-length r31 kD FBD, was used to construct plasmid pFN 197-10 which expresses a modified rl2 kD polypeptide (rl2 kD') as shown in Figure 11. The fibronectin FBD sequence was modified to produce an Ndel site immediately after nucleotide 340. This plasmid was transformed into Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence into Escherichia coli strain A4255. These transformed cells were found to be good expressors of the modified rl2 kD partial FBD in amounts comprising about 5% of the total cellular protein. The polypeptide has a similar mobility to the unmodified 12 kD FBD as determined on reduced SDS polyacrylamide gels. The polypeptide comprises the first 109 amino acids of fibronectin followed by additional amino acids histidine and methionine. An additional methionine residue is present at the N-terminus of the final polypeptide. This polypeptide is designated the rl2 kD' polypeptide or the rl2 kD1 FBD.
C. Expression of a modified r!2 kD' FBD fused to the 33 kD cell binding domain
Plasmid pFN 197-10 which contains an Ndel site at the 3' terminus of the modified 12 kP FBP was used to construct a plasmid, designated pFN 202-5, which encodes the modified 12 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP cell binding domain (CBP) . This construction was performed as shown in Figure 12 where the 33 kP CBP fragment was taken from plasmid pFN 137-2 (deposited in the ATCC under ATCC Accession No. 67910) . Plasmid pFN 202-5 was transformed to Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence to Escherichia coli strain A4255 and is a good expressor (8% of total protein) . The 45 kP polypeptide consists of the 12 kP' FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP (first 109 a ino acids of FBP followed by amino acid residues histidine and methionine followed by the CBP commencing with serine. An additional methionine residue is present at the N- terminus of the final polypeptide) .
P. Expression of a 31 kP FBP polypeptide fused to the amino acid sequence PGRGPS
In order to obtain expression of a 31 kP FBP polypeptide fused at the carboxy terminus to the sequence asp-gly-arg- gly-asp-ser (PGRGPS) the following construction was made. Plasmid pFN 975-25 which expresses the 31 kP FBP was digested with PvuII and Hindlll and ligated to a synthetic linker as shown in Figure 13. The resulting plasmid, designated pFN 195-4 , was used to transform Escherichia coli strain A1645 and thence Escherichia coli strain A4255. These cells were found to be good expressors of the 31 kP- PGRGPS polypeptide, at levels of about 8% of total cellular protein. The sequence of this polypeptide is described in the description of Figure 13.
E. Expression of a fused 31 kP FBP-33 kP CBP
In order to obtain expression of a "full length" r31 kP FBP polypeptide fused to the r33 kP CBP the following construction was made.
Plasmid pFN 975-25 which expresses the 31 kP FBP was digested with PvuII and Hindlll, and the large fragment resulting was ligated to a synthetic linker and to the r33 kP cell binding domain obtained from plasmid pFN 137-2 after Ndel and Hindlll digestion (as shown in Figure 14) . The resulting plasmid, designated pFN 194-2, encodes the r31 kP FBP linked to the 33 kP CBP. Plasmid pFN 194-2 was transformed to Escherichia coli strain A1645 and then to Escherichia coli strain A4255, and the resulting cells were low expressors of a 64 kP polypeptide which comprises the 31 kP FBP fused to the 33 kP CBP. The sequence of this polypeptide is described in the description of Figure 14.
Fermentation and growth conditions
The clone expressing the rl2 kP FBP polypeptide was fer¬ mented in rich medium (yeast extract and casein hydrolysate) containing ampicillin. Growth was carried out at 30βC. Expression was obtained upon induction at 42°C for 2 hours and subsequently bacterial cell cake containing the rl2 kP FBP polypeptide was obtained. Similarly, cell cake containing other proteins described above was obtained.
F. Additional Plasmid Constructions
1. 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragment: As described above, (Example 2A) the 20 kP FBP fragment expressed by plasmid pFN 949-2 (ATCC No. 68456) contains up to 20 additional amino acids of the pBR 322 vector due to readthrough past the end of the FN gene in the absence of a properly located TAA transcription termination codon. In order to provide a more authentic "3 fingered" FBD polypeptide fragment than the 20 kD fragment described in Example 2A, a plasmid encoding an 18.5 kD FBD polypeptide was constructed.
The construction is shown in Figure 23 and described in the Description of the figures. The resulting plasmid designated pFN 208-13 expresses an 18.5 kD FBD polypeptide fragment under control of the PL promoter and the /9-lactamase ribosomal binding site. Plasmid pFN 208-13 was deposited in ATCC in E.coli A4255 under Accession No. 68456. This plasmid expresses the first 154 amino acids of fibronectin with an additional N-terminal methionine. 2. Improved expressor of the 12 kD FBD polypeptide fragment: Plasmid pFN 196-2 (ATCC No. 68328) expressing a 12 kD FBD polypeptide fragment (2 "fingers") under control of the λPL promoter and 0-lactamase ribosomal binding site was described above. In order to further improve the level of expression of the 12 kD fragment, plasmid pFN 203-2 was constructed as shown in Figures 26 and 27 and described in the description of the figures. Plasmid pFN 203-2 expresses the 12 kD fragment under control of the λPL promoter, CII ribosomal binding site and a 36 bp trp transcription termination sequence. Plasmid pFN 203-2 was deposited in ATCC in E.coli A4255 under Accession No. 68606. These transformed cells were found to be good expressors of the 12 kD FBD polypeptide fragment in amounts comprising about 12- 18% of the total cellular protein.
3. High expression of fused 31 kD FBD - 33 kD CBD Polypeptide: Plasmid pFN 194-2, a low-level expressor of a 64 kP fused FBP-CBP polypeptide under control of λPL promoter and 0-lactamase ribosomal binding site was described above. A plasmid was constructed to enable high level expression of the 64 kP polypeptide under control of the λPL promoter, CII ribosomal binding site, and 36 bp trp transcription termination sequence. This plasmid, designated pFN 205-5 was constructed as shown in Figure 25 and described in the description of the figures.
Fermentation and growth conditions for all these expression plasmids (1-3 above) were essentially as described for production of the other FBP polypeptides (see Example 2C) . Purification and refolding were as described in Example 5 and Example 10. EXAMPLE 5
Refolding and Purification of Recombinant 20 kP and 12 kP Fibrin-Binding Polypeptides of Fibronectin.
The process for refolding and purification of the r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides is made up of three stages:
1. Crude processing of the bacterial cake.
2. Refolding/reoxidation.
3. Purification.
1. Crude processing
1.1 Washing and extraction of the pellet: The bacterial cell cake, obtained as described in Example 2 for the r20 kP polypeptide and as described in Example 4 for the rl2 kP polypeptide, is disrupted and washed essentially as for the r31 kP polypeptide (see coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577, page 121 et seq.) : however, changes were introduced in the extraction procedure used for both the r20 kP and the rl2 kP polypeptides. The following is an example of the washing and extraction procedure performed on the bacterial cell cake of the r20 kP polypeptide; the rl2 kP polypeptide is extracted in a similar way.
1.2 Procedure: Bacterial cake containing the r20 kP polypeptide was produced as described in Example 2 by fermentation of Escherichia coli strain A4255 harboring plasmid pFN 949-2. A portion of this bacterial cake (14.8 g) was suspended in 10 volumes of 50 mM Tris HCl, 50 mM EPTA (Buffer B) , pH 7.5. The suspension was homogenized for 15-30 seconds at a medium speed. sonicated 3 times for 4 minutes with pulsing, and centrifuged at 15,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The pellet was resuspended in 2.4 volumes (36 ml) of Buffer B. Lysozyme (0.1 mg/ml) was added and the suspension was incubated in a water bath at 37°C for 2 hours with stirring. Triton X-100 was added to a final concentration of 1%, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and centrifuged. The pellet was resuspended three times in 148 ml of water (i.e., 10 times the vol- ume of the original pellet) , homogenized, stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and centrifuged. The final pellet weighed approximately 1.5 g, i.e., only 10% of the original weight; however, both the r20 kP and the rl2 kP polypeptides stay in the pellet, as evidenced by SPS-polyacryla ide gel-electrophoresis. The washed and extracted pellet was kept frozen at - 20βC until further processed.
2. Solubilization and refolding of the extracted pellet
2.1 The reagents and procedure used for the refolding/- reoxidation are different in this case from those used for the r31 kP polypeptide. The extracted pellet of the r20 kP or the rl2 kP polypeptide is dissolved in 6 M guanidine-HCl (GuCl) in the presence of 50 mM β- ercaptoethanol and, following a tenfold dilution, is allowed to reoxidize by air.
2.2 Procedure: The frozen r20 kP pellet (1.5 g) was solubilized and homogenized in 10 volumes of 10 mM Tris HCl, 5 mM EPTA (Buffer C) , pH 8.0, containing additionally 6 M Guanidine-HCl. The sample was reduced by the addition of 57 μl of undiluted β-mercaptoethanol (final concentration: 50 mM) and stirred in the absence of air, i.e., in a sealed container, for 30 inutes. It was then dripped at the rate of about 5 mi/min into 10 volumes (148 ml) of Juffer C, pH 8.0 and allowed to oxidize while being constantly and gently stirred, in an open beaker for 48-72 hours at room temperature. Alternatively, the oxidation was performed in a closed container in the presence of 0.3 mM GSSG. Although at this stage some polypeptide precipitation had already occurred, the suspension, including the precipitate, was dialyzed over 24 hours against 15 volumes of Buffer C, pH 8.5 with three changes of buffer. The dialysate was then subjected to centrifugation for 45 minutes at 15,000 rpm (22,500 x g) in a high-speed Beckman centrifuge equipped with a JA-17 rotor. This removes many contaminant proteins and aggregates of the r20 kP or rl2 kP, which have been produced during reoxidation.
3. Purification and Characterization
Since the location of the heparin binding site within the fibrin binding domain was not known, it therefore could not be known in advance if the new shorter r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides would bind to Heparin- Sepharose. However, we found that the shorter molecules did in fact bind to Heparin-Sepharose.
We found that there was no need for a phenyl-Sepharose column, as in the case of the r31 kP, in order to purify the reoxidized r20 kP or rl2 kP polypeptides. In fact, the material could be directly purified on Heparin-Sepharose, but considerable improvement, with respect to removal of contaminants, incorrectly folded molecules and dimers, was achieved when the sample was chromatographed on a Q-Sepharose column before chromatography on a Heparin-Sepharose column. In some cases, the polypeptide was concentrated on a Pellicon system (Millipore Corp.), using membranes with appropriate cut-off points, i.e., 10 kP for the r20 kP polypeptide and 3 kP for the rl2 kP polypeptide, prior to being loaded on the Q-Sepharose column. The Hepa- rin-Sepharose column is also used for concentration of both polypeptides. The following is an example of the purification procedure used in the case of the r20 kP polypeptide.
3.1. O-Sepharose Chromatography: One-third of the reoxidized r20 kP (47 ml) was applied to a 10 ml column of Q-Sepharose Fast Flow column, which had been pre- equilibrated in Buffer C, pH 8.5 at 1.2 ml/min flow- rate. The flow-through fraction was collected and saved (70 ml) . The polypeptides which adhered to the column were eluted with Buffer C, pH 8.5 containing 0.5 M NaCl and the column was regenerated with 0.5 M NaOH.
3.2 Heparin-Sepharose Chromatography: The flow-through from the Q-Sepharose column was applied to a 10 ml column of Heparin-Sepharose pre-equilibrated in pH 8.5 buffer at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min. The flow-through fraction contained mostly contaminants and incorrectly folded r20 kP polypeptide. The purified (>95% pure) r20 kP polypeptide was eluted in Buffer C, pH 8.5 containing 0.5 M NaCl and the column was regenerated in the same buffer containing additionally 6M Guanidine- HCl. Representative purification tables for the r20 kP (Table A) and rl2 kP (Table B) polypeptides are pro- vided.
3.3 Characterization: Supernatants from the processing of the bacterial cake for both the r20 kP and the rl2 kP polypeptide, as well as aliquots from subsequent column fractions, were assayed for polypeptide and analyzed by SPS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; their elution profiles were obtained on a Superose 12 column attached to either a FPLC or a HPLC. These profiles at various stages of the refolding, as well as of the purification, are shown for the r20 kP (Figure 21) and the rl2 kP (Figure 22) . The purified r20 kP or rl2 kP polypeptides elute as single sharp bands. These profiles corroborate the results seen on SPS-PAGE gels under non-reducing conditions; the bands of both the 20 kP and the rl2 kP polypeptides samples are non- diffuse, indicating a single molecular form. In the case of the r20 kP, the band of the non-reduced polypeptide runs (as in the case of the r31 kP polypeptide) faster than that of the reduced form; this is a similar effect to that seen in the case of the r31 kP polypeptide. However, no such difference is observed in the case of the rl2 kP polypeptide. Additional details on characterization of FBP polypeptides are provided in Example 11.
These FBD polypeptides are available for radiolabeling in order to use them as radiopharmaceuticals for imaging of thrombi and atherosclerotic lesions.
The advantages of using the smaller FBP polypeptides (r20 kP and rl2 kP) for the above-mentioned purposes as opposed to using the larger r31 kP polypeptide is that we have developed after considerable effort a simpler method for the preparation of the smaller molecules, i.e. , the methods described above for the refolding and purification of the r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides are faster and easier than the method for refolding and purification of the r31 kP polypeptide. In addition, these methods result in a higher yield than does the method for the r31 kP polypeptide and a higher concentration of polypeptide can be achieved for the shorter FBP polypeptide fragments (up to lOmg/ml) . An improved embodiment of this method for refolding and purification of the FBP polypeptide fragments is described in Example 10.
Figure imgf000071_0001
TABLE A: PURIFICATION OF THE 20 kD FBP
Figure imgf000071_0002
a Estimated from either SPS-PAGE gels under reducing conditions or from Sepharose 12 elution profiles.
This is a representative purification table for the refolding and purification of the r20 kP polypeptide, processed as described in Example 5, Sections 2 and 3.
TABLE B: PURIFICATION OF THE r!2 kP FBP
Figure imgf000072_0002
a Estimated from either SPS-PAGE gels under reducing conditions or from Sepharose 12 elution profiles. b Concentrated on a Pellicon system.
Figure imgf000072_0001
This is a representative purification table for the refolding and purification of the rl2 kP polypeptide, processed as described in Example 5, Sections 2 and 3.
EXAMPLE 6
Biological Activity of the r31 kD. r20 kP and r!2 kP Fibrin Binding Pomain Polypeptides
The biological activity of the r31 kP FBP was described in coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577, page 134 et seq. relating to its binding to fibrin clot in vivo and in vitro, binding to bacteria and binding to extracellular matrix. In this example, additional results relating to the r31 kP polypeptide are presented and the biological activity of the 20 kP and 12 kP FBP polypeptides is demonstrated.
In this Example the binding of the recombinant fibrin binding domains to fibrin clots was measured as follows:
Binding of 125I-rFBP (r31 kP. r20 kP or r!2 kP) to a preformed fibrin clot (two-step Reaction II)
Step 1 Formation of fibrin clot: This may be done in one of two ways:
Either (a) Incubation at 37βC of 20 μl citrated human whole blood with 5 mM CaCl2, 1 unit/ml thrombin and PBS in a final volume of 250 μl. The reaction is terminated after 45 minutes by centrifugation and washing of the pellet (twice) with 1 ml PBS;
or (b) Incubation at 37βC of 20 μl non-citrated whole human blood ("naive" blood) . The reaction is terminated after 150 minutes by centrifugation and washing as in (a) .
Step 2 Binding of the 125I-FBP polypeptide to the preformed fibrin clot Clots are incubated at 37°C in a final volume of 250 μl PBS with 125I-rFBP polypeptide. Other constituents may be added as indicated for each experiment. The binding reaction is terminated after 45 min¬ utes by centrifugation and washing three times with PBS. The tubes containing the 125I-rFBP - fibrin pellet were measured for radioactivity in a gamma counter.
Results
A. Metabolic stability of 125I-labeled r31 kP FBP in rats: ex-vivo binding to fibrin versus TCA insolubility
As described in the description of Figure 18, rats were injected intravenously with r31 kP FBP labeled with 125I and blood samples taken at intervals were added to Na citrate. Aliquots of the blood were treated as follows: either (a) treated with 20% TCA and the TCA insoluble counts were measured; or (b) incubated with preformed clot (using 20 μl whole blood from control rat) ; binding of the 1 5I-31 kP FBP to preformed clot was measured under the conditions of the two-step Reaction II described above.
The radioactivity was measured by a gamma counter and the activity of each sample was calculated as a percentage of total cpm present in the reaction mixture.
The results demonstrated in Figure 18 indicate a good correlation between the physical decay of the r31 kP (as measured by the decrease in TCA insolubility) and the functional decay (as measured by the decrease in ex-vivo binding of the r31 kP to a preformed fibrin clot.) However, at the initial stage of the comparative studies there are marked differences; at 30 min. the functional decay is several fold higher than the physical decay. These results, which suggest a much faster decrease of functional stability than physical degradation, can be explained since the main site for the covalent reaction of the FBP with the fibrin clot is the glutamine residue located at the extreme amino terminus of the FBP molecule at amino acid no. 3; this glutamine residue, being located in a 20 amino acid stretch outside the Type 1 homology structure, is not protected from degradation by the tertiary structure, which is typical of the rest of the FBP domain.
B. Specificity of binding of r31 kP to fibrin: effect of transglutaminase
The covalent binding of the fibrin binding domain of plasmatic fibronectin to fibrin in a clot is mainly due to the reaction of amino acid no. 3 of fibronectin (glutamine) with fibrin; this binding reaction is enzymatically controlled by the enzyme transglutaminase which specifically recognizes the amino acid sequence containing this glutamine residue.
The following experiment was performed to investigate if transglutaminase is involved in the binding of the recombinant r31 kP FBD to clots. All the exogenous transglutaminase used in the experiments described in this application is guinea-pig liver transglutaminase (Sigma) .
The binding of 0.3 μM solution of the following molecules to preformed fibrin clot derived from 20 μl of whole human blood was measured in the presence and absence of transglutaminase using the two-step Reaction II described above: 1 C-putrescine-r31 kP FBP, 125I-r31 kP FBP and 125I- recombinant bovine growth hormone (control) . The 1 C- putrescine-r31 kP protein complex where the glutamine residue at position 3 is blocked by covalent reaction with 14C-putrescine, was prepared as follows:
A solution containing 3 μM r31 kP FBP, 10 mM CaCl2, 0.015 units/ml transglutaminase and 60 μM 1 C putrescine (specific activity 100 mc/mmole) was incubated at 37βC for 5 hours. The amount of 14C-putrescine incorporated into the 31 kP FBP was measured by TCA precipitation of an aliquot of this reaction solution and demonstrated the incorporation of an equivalent amount to 2.8-3 μM solution of 14C-putrescine into the r31 kP protein; this indicates that more than 90% of the glutamine at position number 3 of the FBP covalently reacted with the 14C-putrescine. The 14C-putrescine r31 kP material was stored at 0°C and used within a few days without further treatment. The r31 kP FBP and the control recombinant bovine growth hormone analog (bGH) prepared as described in EPO Publication No. 131843 were labeled with 1 5I using the IC1 method described in Example 3.
Results
The counts bound in the two-step Reaction II in the presence and absence of transglutaminase were obtained and the ratio of counts bound in the presence and absence of transglutaminase was calculated for each polypeptide tested. This ratio differs dramatically when intact 31 kP FBP is compared to putrescine-FBP ("blocked" FBP) or to the control bGH. In the two latter cases the ratio of counts is close to 1 which shows that transglutaminase does not affect the binding and total cpm present in the clot is 10-15% of total cpm in the reaction) . In the case of the intact 31 kP FBP the ratio is dramatically higher than 1 (in different experiments the ratio varied between 1.8-7 depending on the quality and freshness of the blood and the transglutaminase) and total cpm present in the clot is 40-70% of total cpm in ,__
—75—
the reaction) i.e., transglutaminase greatly increased the binding of r31 kD polypeptide to the clot.
These results indicate the strong effectiveness of unblocked glutamine at position number 3 for the binding of the r31 FBD polypeptide to the fibrin clot in the presence of transglutaminase.
Other experiments have shown that the addition of transglutaminase to the two-step Reaction II increases the binding of the r20 kD and rl2 kD polypeptides to the clot, comparable to the effect observed with the r31 kD.
C. Characterization of r31 kD FBD-fibrin complex by SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
In order to determine the size of complex formed by the binding of r31 kD to a fibrin clot the following series of experiments was undertaken. Clots were derived from either 20 μl whole human blood (A) or 250 μl of a solution of 0.8 μM human fibrinogen (B) . In some of the fibrinogen experi¬ ments dental coils (as described in Example 7) were added to the tubes together with the fibrinogen.
The binding of 125I-r31 FBD to the fibrin clot was measured using the two-step Reaction II described above, in the presence of 0.15 μM 125-r31 kD FBD and 5 mM CaCl2. The reaction was terminated by three times washing with PBS. The pellet, after the various treatments described below, was centrifuged and 15 μl aliquots of the supernatant (i.e., the soluble material) were electrophoresed on polyacrylamide gels which separates the material of molecular weight >106 from molecular weight >105 and from lower molecular weight materials. An autoradiogram was produced which shows the following: in the presence of transglutaminase high molecular weight forms of r31 kD - fibrin complex appear _?6_
which are resistant to boiling in the presence of the strong ionic detergent SDS and β-mercaptoethanol, which reduces S-S bonds.
Additionally, when 4M urea is included in the boiling reaction the very high molecular weight forms (>106) are quantitatively converted to the intermediate molecular weight forms (>100,000) as expected for hydrophobic bonded aggregates of high molecular weight fibrin clots. The amount of free r31 kD polypeptide in the clots is normally small; this is the material released on boiling with phosphate-saline buffer only. The resistance of the intermediate molecular weight forms to additional treatment with urea supports the involvement of a covalent linkage between the 125I-r31 kD and the fibrin.
D. Effect of fibronectin and heparin on the binding of 125I-r31 kD to preformed fibrin clots
(i) Effect of fibronectin (FN)
Human plasma contains substantial levels of FN (300 μg/ l) which potentially could compete with the binding of 125I-r31 kP polypeptide to preformed clots. Such competition may affect the efficiency of clot radiolabeling and subsequently the imaging process. To examine the effect of FN, 1 5I-r3l kP (0.15 μM) was added together with purified FN (1 μM) to a preformed clot in PBS. Although FN was added in a molar excess of 7 relative to 125I-r31 kP, the binding of the latter polypeptide was only slightly affected (20% inhibition) . The observation that excess FN does not compete with 125I-r31 kP binding could be interpreted in two ways: the number of sites for crosslinking onto the clot is in excess to accommodate both FN and 125I-FBP, or the affinity of FBP to the clot is much higher than that of FN. Based on several observations, we believe that both excess binding sites and higher affinity of the 125I-r31 kP enable its binding to the clot in the presence of plasma co.-centra- tions of FN.
(ii) Effect of heparin
Some radioscintigraphic agents such as 111In-labeled platelets and labeled fibrinogen are ineffective in the presence of therapeutic heparin. It was important, therefore, to analyze the effect of heparin on the incorporation of 125I-r31 kP to the clots. The results showed that heparin has no significant effect on the binding of r31 kP FBP to preformed clots. Other experiments showed that the same amount of heparin affects dramatically the binding of r31 kP to a fibrin clot during its formation, i.e. , Reaction I.
E. Comparison of the binding of various recomb-riant FBP polypeptides and plasmatic FBP to preformed clots
To compare the binding to preformed clots of the various recombinant FBP polypeptides (r31 kP, r20 kP and rl2 kP) and plasmatic 31 kP FBP, a series of experiments using the two- step Reaction II was carried out as described in Figure 19. The results show that the plasmatic 31 kP binds to a similar level as the r31 kP whereas the r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides both bind at about half the level of the larger (31 kP) molecule. The level of binding of the r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides is still sufficiently high to demonstrate the potential of radiolabeled r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides as radiopharmaceuticals for thrombus imaging. Similar experiments using the r31 kP-PGRGPS polypeptide (Example 4, P and Figure 13) showed that it binds at about the same level as the r31 kP. F. Binding of 125I-rl2 kP to fresh or frozen clots In order to study the effect of freezing the clots prior to use in binding experiments with FBP polypeptides, the following experiment was carried out. Fibrin clots were either used fresh or after storage at -70°C in a two-step Reaction II binding experiment with 125I-rl2 FBP, prepared as described in Example 5.
The experiment was carried out as described in the Pescription of Figure 15 in the presence or absence of transglutaminase. Figure 20 shows that there is little significant effect of freezing on the abilities of clots to bind rl2 kP FBP. Normally, frozen clots without added transglutaminase yield binding results similar to fresh clots in the presence of transglutaminase; there is no effect on the binding reaction when exogenous transglu¬ taminase is added to frozen clots, probably because of the release of endogenous transglutaminase from the frozen red blood cells.
As noted in Section B above, there is a wide range of response to addition of exogenous transglutaminase in Reaction II.
G. Conditions for binding of 125I-r31 kP FBP to preformed
To investigate the conditions for binding of 125I-r31 kP to preformed clots, the following series of experiments were carried out. The binding of 125I-r31 kP polypeptide to preformed clots formed from citrated or "naive" blood was examined, using the two step Reaction II method, and in the presence or absence of various constituents (calcium, hirudin, transglutaminase) . The pattern of results using the "citrated" blood or "naive" blood clots is similar although the binding of the r31 kD polypeptide is higher to citrated blood.
Hirudin (Sigma) is a specific inhibitor of any thrombin- mediated reaction and the hirudin was therefore added in order to investigate the effect of thrombin on the binding reaction (step 2) . No effect of hirudin was shown and therefore thrombin has no effect on the binding of the r31 kD polypeptide to the clot. However, the same amount of hirudin totally inhibits the binding when added at step l where fibrin is formed from fibrinogen, as was expected.
These results also show that exogenous transglutaminase increases the binding of r31 kD FBD to clots and furthermore that this transglutaminase reaction is dependent on the presence of calcium ions. Since the exogenous transglutaminase used is tissue transglutaminase (in its active form) we expect that the serum transglutaminase, factor XIII, which has to undergo activation by thrombin to form factor Xllla, will be highly sensitive to hirudin inhibition.
H. Conditions for binding 125I-r31 kD FBD to the extra¬ cellular matrix (ECM)
The binding of 125I-r31 kP to the extracellular cell matrix of endothelial cells (ECM) was demonstrated in coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577, page 144. The binding was now further characterized by examination of the binding of 0.3 μM 125I-r31 kP FBD to ECM in the presence and absence of exogenous transglutaminase; additionally the binding in the presence of transglutaminase was examined in the presence of each of heparin, fibronectin or spermidine.
The results of these experiments demonstrate that the binding of the r31 kD FBD to ECM is increased by the addition of transglutaminase. Heparin has no significant effect on the binding whereas spermidine, a known inhibitor of transglutaminase, inhibits the binding. Collagen also inhibits the binding, suggesting the possible involvement of collagen as an acceptor molecule on the matrix of the endothelial cells. Fibronectin has little effect on the binding reaction.
These results give more support to the potential use of radiolabeled recombinant FBD polypeptides as radiopharmaceuticals for imaging the initial plaque formation in denudated blood vessels.
Further experiments demonstrating the biological activity of various polypeptide fragments of the FBD of fibronectin are -described in Example 9.
EXAMPLE 7
Uptake of Recombinant 125I-31 kD FBD and Fragments Thereof by Stainless Steel Coil-Induced Venous Thrombi in Rats
The stainless steel coil-induced venous thrombus model in rats was used to study the uptake of labeled r31 kD, r20 kD and rl2 kD FBD polypeptides. The model employed was as described by Maffrand et al. [Thrombosis and Haemostasis 59: 225-230 (1988)].
Experimental Details
A. Investigation of the uptake of 1 5I-31 kD by the stainless steel coil-induced venous thrombus
Wistar-derived female rats (200-250 g) were anaestetized by Ketamine HCl plus Xylazin HCl. A midline abdominal incision was made and the inferior vena cava was exposed. A stainless steel wire coil (a dental paste carrier, fine No. 31, 21 mm long) was inserted into the lumen of the vein at the site just below the junction, and the incision was sutured. Each inserted device was individually weighed before insertion and each weight recorded. Three hours after the operation, the animals were given an i.v. injection of 1 ml of 0.9% Nal solution in order to saturate the thyroid iodide pool. One hour later, the rats received an i.v. injection of 125I-r31 kD FBD (5 x 106 cpm; 100 μg/kg) . The r31 kD polypeptide was labeled as described in Example 3. At 24 hours after the administration of the labeled polypeptide, blood was drawn by cardiac puncture, and the rats were sacrificed. The segment of the vein carrying the coil was removed while taking care to drain away all residual blood. In one group, the segments carry- ing the coil were weighed as such and taken for measurement of radioactivity (the "Thrombus in Situ" group) . In another group the vein sections were incised longitudinally, and the coils carrying the thrombi were carefully removed, weighed and the radioactivity was measured. The blood radioactivity levels were measured using peripheral blood.
Calculation of the results:
In the two groups, the initial weight of each coil was subtracted from its final weight, and the specific radioactivity in each case was calculated by division of the cpm value by the net weight. The specific activity of the peripheral blood samples was also calculated.
Results:
At 24 hours, the blood levels of radioactivity were around 5000-10,000 cpm/g, while in the isolated blood clot the specific radioactivity was around 300,000 cpm/g, i.e., 30 to 60 fold higher (see Figure 16) . When the entire segment of the vein carrying the clot was included in the analysis, and a so-called "specific radioactivity" value calculated, the resultant values were 4-5 fold higher than those of the blood, thus indicating that a good signal-to-noise ratio may be obtained for gamma-camera imaging of blood clots in vivo using labeled r31 kD FBD.
The effect of heparin pretreatment was studied in this model. This kind of experiment is essential because patients that are candidates for thrombus imaging are usually treated with this anticoagulation agent. In order to study this question, a group of rats were treated with heparin (500 units/rat intravenously) 10 minutes before administration of the labeled polypeptide. This treatment of heparin did not affect the uptake of label, as measured 24 hours later. These results demonstrate that thrombus imaging using the FBD of FN may be done in the presence of heparin.
B. Comparison of recombinant 12 kD. 20 kD and 31 kD-FBP polypeptides in the stainless steel coil-induced venous thrombus model
The three recombinant polypeptides were labeled with 125I as described in Example 3 and utilized in the rat model as described in A above. The results, shown in Figure 17, indicate that each of the three molecules was specifically localized in the clots as compared to the blood, by comparing the specific radioactivities; the specific radioactivity of the clots appeared to be higher with the longer molecules than the shorter polypeptides (143,000, 78,500 and 63,000 cpm/g clot for the r31 kP, r20 kP and rl2 kP polypeptides, respectively) , but the differences were not statistically significant. The specific radioactivity values for blood (after 24 hours) were similarly related to the molecular size (7040, 5016 and 3300 cpm/g for the r31 kD, r20 kD and rl2 kD polypeptides, respectively) and might reflect differences in the blood clearance rates of these molecular species. Hence, the calculations of the ratio of clot to blood specific radioactivity resulted in values that were similar for the three different polypeptides, and ranged around 20. These results suggest that all three FBD species (or other fragments of the FBD) could serve for thrombus imaging. EXAMPLE 8
Labeling of the fibrin binding domain polypeptides for imaging atherosclerotic lesions and tfrrofflfcj
The fibrin binding domain polypeptides described in this application (the r3l kD, the r20 kD and the rl2 kD polypeptides) , or other polypeptide fragments of the FBD, may be radioactively labeled to carry a radiotracer to a thrombus in order to permit its external detection by gamma camera imaging. This application discloses in Example 3 the labeling of these three polypeptides by means of iodine-125 (125I) , which has a long half life of 60 days.
Another radioiodine is iodine-131 (131I) which may be used to label the FBD polypeptides using known methods such as described by Uehara et al (1) . However, 131I also has a relatively long half life of 8 days.
Optimally, a radiopharmaceutical for clinical imaging of atherosclerotic lesions and thrombi should yield positive results within the first few hours after injection (33) . For such a test a shorter lived radiolabel could be used. Recent studies have suggested that indium-Ill (lxlIn) or technetium-99m (9 mTc) may be more suitable as radiotracers, since they have half-life of 67 hours and 6 hours, respectively (32) ; another short-lived low energy label is iodine-123 (123I) with a half-life of 13.3 hours.
The labeling of the FBD polypeptides by 99mTc may be carried out using known methods (21, 33, 34, 35). 99 Tc is a very suitable diagnostic single photon radionuclide because of its short half-life, a detection level of 140 KeV with the gamma counter, no particulate radiation and inexpensive, convenient availability. These attributes allow the routine administration of doses of 30m Ci that result in high photon-flux levels facilitating lesion detection by single photon emission computerized tomography (32, 35).
Other radiolabels which may be used to label the FBD polypeptides include krypton-81m (81mKr) and xenon-133 (133Xe) , which has a half-life of 5.3 days, as reviewed by Knight (4) . Another potential radiolabel is gallium-67 (67Ga) as described by Yamamoto (36) ; 67Ga has a half-life of 78 hours.
We have labeled the r31 kD, r20 kD, rl8.5 kD and rl2 kD polypeptides and the plasmatic 31 kD fragment by means of 111In using the method described for human serum albumin by Hnatowich, D.J., Layne, W.W. and Childs, R.L. in J. Appl. Radiat. Inst. .33.: 327 (1982) . Preliminary experiments have shown that the labeled FBD polypeptides bind to preformed thrombi in vitro. measured by the two-step Reaction II (Example 6) and to thrombi in vivo measured by the model described in Example 7, and giving a high thrombus:blood ratio in the range of 80-200 after 24 hours.
Radiolabeling of the 12 kD and 18.5 kD proteins
DTPA modification of the 12 kD and 18.5 kD polypeptide fragments of the FBD was performed, essentially according to published methods (Hnatowich, D.J. Layne, W.W. and Childs,
R.L. (1982) Int. J. Appl. Radiat-Isot. 21327-332; Knight,
L.C. Kollman, M, Maurer, A.H. and Budzynski, A.Z (1987)
Biochim, Biophys. Acta 924 45- 53), using the cyclic anhydride of DTPA. Aliquots of a dry chloroform solution, containing calculated amounts of DTPA equivalents, were evaporated and reacted with the proteins, in either phosphate - or bicarbonate - buffered saline (pH 7.4 and
8.0+0.2, respectively). Excess of (hydrolyzed) DTPA was removed by exhaustive dialysis. Labeling was performed with carrier-free ιnIn, in a HCl solution neutralized to about pH 6 with sodium acetate. In one experiment (in PBS) the 12 kD polypeptide produced as described in Example 5 was labeled and this resulted in a thrombus to blood ratio (in the rat model) of 86 (see below) , a calculated molar excess of DTPA - over the 12 kD protein - of 5 was employed (there are 5 lysyl e-amino groups and la amino group in the 12 kD protein) . Upon labeling with luIn, free (unbound) ιIn was estimated to be below 15% (by TLC) .
In another set of experiments (in BBS), a 1:1 ratio between DTPA anhydride and either the 12 kD or 18.5 kD protein was employed.
In order to estimate the number of DTPA residues incorporated per molecule of 12 kD, DTPA-modified protein
(before separation of the excess of DTPA) was labeled with lxlIn (Knight et al., see above). The number of DTPA residues incorporated was found to be 0.12 per molecule of
12 kD. The DTPA-labeled 12 and 18.5 kD proteins had identical Superose 12 (gel-filtration) elution profiles as those of the control unmodified protein (retention times of
19.17 min and 18.29 min, respectively - control values are in Table E) . Upon labeling with ιIn, after separation of excess DTPA, the amount of free (unbound) lxlIn was found to be 28 and 29% for the 12 and 18.5 kD proteins, respectively, which resulted in thrombus to blood ratios (in the rat model) of 27 and 25, respectively.
NMRI, ultrasound and X-ray imaging with metal chelates are described in U.S. Patent 4,647,447. In addition, antibody coupling with metal chelates is mentioned at column 7, line 42. Monoclonal antibodies labeled with polymeric paramagnetic chelates and their use in NMRI methods have also been described [Shreve, P. et al., Magnetic Resonance in Medicine 3.: 336-340 (1986) and Brady, T. et al. in Proceedings of the society of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine, Second Annual Meeting, Soc. of Magnetic Resonance in Medicine, Inc., San Francisco, p 10, 1983 referenced by Koutcher, J. et al., J. Nucl. Med. 25.' 506-513 (1984)].
EXAMPLE 9
Additional Experiments Demonstrating Biological Activity of Various FBD Polypeptides
The biological activity of the r31 kP, r20 kP, rl2 kP FBP polypeptides has been described in Example 6. This example will disclose additional results observed using the FBP polypeptide fragments; these are the 12 kP obtained as described in Examples 4 and 5, and the 18.5 kP constructed, oxidized/refolded, and purified as shown in Examples 4 and 10.
Binding to Fibrin Clot
The clot formation and FBP binding were performed as described below in a modified version of the two-step reaction II described in Example 6. To avoid artifacts of aggregation and precipitation of the FBP polypeptides, the final centrifugation step is eliminated and the clot is transferred to a new tube and then extensively washed.
a. Clotting of "preformed clot"
Reaction mixtures (300 μl) prepared in siliconized plastic vials (7 ml) of the gamma counter, contained 150 μl of Mix I [0.2 x Tyrode's buffer ("1 X Tyrode's Buffer": 1 mM Hepes pH 7.35; Pextrose 0.2%; 27 mM NaCl; 0.76 mM NaH2P04; 0.54 mM KC1; 0.2 mM MgCl2) , 3U/ ml Thrombin (Sigma), 0.6% BSA (Sigma), 15 mM CaCl2, 150 mM NaCl, 20 mM NaHC03, pH 8.0] and 150 μl fresh citrated whole human blood.
Protocol: Incubation at 37°C for 3 hrs. The serum is removed by vacuum, and the tubes containing the fibrin clot are kept frozen at -70°C. Preformed clots can be used for several months.
b. Binding of FBP to "preformed clot"
To vials containing "preformed clots" (thawed at room temperature) , add 300 μl 150 mM NaCl, 20 mM NaHC03, pH 8.0, containing: lx Tyrode's buffer; 0.6% BSA; 5 mM CaCl2 and 0.15 μM 125I-FBP. The binding reaction is carried out (in the absence or presence of 0.03% sodium iodoacetate may be added to this mixture to inhibit the activity of the endogenous transglutaminase. Factor XHIa) at 37°C for 18 hours. The clot is then transferred to a siliconized vial, washed 3 times with 1 ml "wash buffer" 20 mM NaHC03, 1% BSA, 1 mM PMSF, 2 mM EPTA) , and counted in a gamma counter.
The results comparing plasmatic and recombinant 31 kP with recombinant 18.5 kP, 12 kP, 45 kP (12 kP FBP fused to 33 kP CBP produced as shown in Figure 12) , and 33 kP CBP are shown in Figure 30. All the FBP polypeptide fragments bound to a similar degree while the CBP polypeptide bound only to a very small degree. The 50-75% inhibition caused by the addition of the transglutaminase (Factor XIII) inhibitor iodoacetate shows that transglutaminase is active in the binding reaction. Its lack of effect on 33 kP CBP binding to clot indicates that CBP binding to clot is mediated by a different, possibly non-specific mechanism. As previously shown in coassigned PCT Publication No. WO 90/07577 (page 138, lines 1-24), the FBP is covalently bound to the fibrin clot. The participation of transglutaminase as shown and the biochemical characterization of 125I-FBP-fibrin complex indicate that at least 70% of the FBP polypeptide is covalently bound to the fibrin.
II. Binding to Vascular Components In addition to specific binding to fibrin, FBP polypeptides also show a certain degree of non-specific binding to other vascular components with which they come in contact. Examples of vascular components are endothelial cells (EC) , extra cellular matrix (ECM) , and even fibronectin itself (FN) . This non-specific binding is one of the factors that determine the background level when performing diagnostic imaging procedures. The lower the non-specific binding, the more effective the imaging and the less the total radioactive reagent it is necessary to administer to the patient. Therefore experiments were performed to compare non-specific binding to vascular components of the 12 kP FBP fragment and 31 kP FBP polypeptide.
1 ml aliquots of 0.3 μM 125I-12 kP or 125I-31 kP (5xl05 cpm/μg and 7.5 x 105cpm/μg in PBS containing 0.1% BSA, respectively) , were added in duplicate to 35mm petri dishes (Falcon) containing: confluent endothelial cells ("EC"), Extracellular matrix ("ECM"), (Eldor et al., Blood 5:1477 (1985)) or immobilized human fibronectin ("FN") , (1 ml per plate of PBS containing 50μg/ ml FN, incubated at 4° C overnight and then incubated for two hours at room temperature with 1 ml of PBS containing 1% BSA for blocking). When indicated "+TG", plates also contained transglutaminase at 0.02 U/ ml (Sigma > . Experimental plates were incubated for 60 minutes at 37°C in a C02 incubator, washed 3 times with 1 ml "washing solution" (PBS containing 2 mM PMSF and 2 mM (EPTA) . Bound radioactivity was then extracted by incubation for 60 min. with "Extraction solution" (washing solution containing 1% deoxycholate, 2 mM PMSF, 2 mM EPTA, 2 mM NME, and 2 mM iodoacetic acid) . The solution is then transferred to tubes and the radioactivity measured in a gamma counter.
The results summarized in Figure 28 show that the 12 kP FBP polypeptide binds only weakly to the vascular components _ _
endothelial cells, extracellular matrix, and fibronectin by comparison to the binding of the 31 kP FBP polypeptide.
III. Bacterial Binding
The involvement of fibronectin in adhesion to, and invasion of, wounds by a wide range of gram-positive bacteria is well established (18) . The fibrin binding domain of authentic plasma derived FN has been shown to interact with high affinity to specific receptors on the surface of bacteria. The sites at which Staphylococcus aureus typically initiates infection are rich in FN, e.g. blood clots and subendothelium. Furthermore, exogenous FN enhances bacterial adhesion to these sites. FN binds to S. aureus through saturable, specific surface protein receptors. Scatchard analysis has revealed high affinity receptors with binding constant of 5 x 10"9 M, and a range of 100-20,000 receptors per bacterium (19) . The expression of FN receptors correlates with invasiveness and pathogenicity of the clinical isolates. Removal of the FN receptors from S. aureus by mechanical means, or by growth of the bacteria in the presence of antibiotics decreases their ability to adhere to FN. As FN is a divalent molecule consisting of multiple functional domains with cell binding and collagen binding activities in addition to bacterial binding, it can anchor the bacteria to the wound via the various components of the extracellular matrix as well as via the FN receptor in tissue cells.
Another approach to understanding the interaction between FN and S. aureus is through the inhibition of the binding of S_a_ aureus to endothelial cells by the FBD polypeptide fragments.
Binding of the 31 kD FBD polypeptide to S.aureus has previously been disclosed (coassigned PCT Publication No. WO/90/07577, pages 146-153). Similar experiments describe below showed that in contrast to the 31 kD FBD polypeptide, the 12 kD and 18.5 kD FBD polypeptide fragments do not bind S. aureus. and do not inhibit S. aureus in binding experiments. However, the 20 kD polypeptide does inhibit the binding of S. aureus (see Figure 8) ; this may be due to the additional (non-authentic) C-terminal amino acids (see Example 2) which may affect its activity directly or indirectly through some specific refolding.
The following sections are presented in order to compare the 31 kD FBD polypeptide to other FBD polypeptide fragments both in terms of direct binding to S. aureus. and in terms of inhibition of binding of S. aureus to endothelial cells.
Materials and Methods
A. Binding of labeled FN or FBD to bacteria
1. Direct binding in solution
Various concentrations of 125I-r31 kD FBD or 125I-FN, were added to 5 x 10s S. aureus bacteria in a PBS solution additionally containing 0.1% Tween and 1% BSA. The final volume was 1 ml. Total radioactivity in the reaction was assayed using a 20 μl aliquot taken immediately after the addition of the bacteria.
The mixture was incubated for 2 hours at 20°C while rocking.
The amount of binding was assayed by removing 100 μl of the incubation mixture and layering on top of 0.5 ml PBS layered on 3 ml 10% Percoll-0.15 M NaCl in a 5 ml siliconized tube. This was then centrifuged at 1,350 x g (4,000 rpm in a SW bucket rotor) for 15 minutes at 20°C. The supernatant was aspirated and the pellet assayed for radioactivity.
2. Competition with unlabeled FN. FBD and related molecules
The procedure followed was identical to the above procedure except that 3 μg/ ml 125I-p31 kP was used and the specified amount of the competing molecule (FN or FBP) was also added to the initial binding mixture. 3. Binding of radioactivelv labeled bacteria *«» jpτ. - bilized FN
Plastic vials were coated with 0.3 ml of 50 μg/ ml FN, or 1% BSA.
The tubes were incubated with shaking at 4βC overnight. The tubes were then washed with 5 ml PBS three times. Then 0.3 ml of 1% BSA in PBS was added and the tubes were further incubated with shaking for 2-3 hours at 20°C (for blocking free sites) .
In indirect-binding experiments, the bacteria were pre- incubated with inhibitor, at 4°C for 2 hours.
The bacteria (4 x 106 pfu/ ml, 3 pfu/cpm) were added to the vials at concentrations indicated in the figure legends. The final volume of the assay mix was 0.3 ml PBS. The mix was slowly agitated at 4°C for 90-120 minutes.
The tubes were then decanted and washed with 5 ml PBS three times.
5 ml of scintillation-liquid was added when assaying for binding of 3H-labeled bacteria.
B. Inhibition of Binding of S. aureus to Endothelial Cells bv FBP Fragments
I. Iodination of S. aureus
S. aureus SA113 (ATCC Accession No. 35556) were grown in Tryptic Soy Broth (Pifco Laboratories, U.S.A.) at 37° using a l l fermentor culture. Bacteria were harvested in the middle of the logarithmic phase when optical density reached 2.30 OP (at 660 nm) .The bacterial pellet was resuspended in 500 ml of PBS containing 5 mM PMSF and washed 3 times. The cells were then suspended in 100 ml PBS with 1 mM PMSF and 5 mM NEM (N-Ethyl maleimide, Sigma E-3876) , heat-inactivated at 88°C for 20 min. for fixation, cooled in ice-water and then stored in small aliquots at -20°C. Before use, the bacterial concentration was brought to 5xl09 PFU/ ml. A 100 μCi aliquot of Bolton-Hunter reagent for protein iodination (Amersham) was evaporated in a glass tube on ice. Bacterial suspension (1 ml) was added to the evaporated reagent and mixed gently for 10' on ice. The reaction was stopped by adding 1 ml of 0.2M glycine in 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer pH 8.5. The reaction mixture was then suspended in 20 ml PBS containing 1 mM PMSF. After centrifugation at 3000 rpm for 10' at 5°C, the wash step was repeated twice. The final pellet was suspended in 2.2 ml PBS containing 1 mM PMSF and stored at -20°C. The specific activity was generally 20-100 PFU/cpm.
II. Growth of Endothelial Cells
Bovine Aortic Endothelial cells A5P7 (obtained from A. Eldor, Hadassa Hospital, Jerusalem) , were maintained in tissue culture as previously described (Ogawa S.K. et al 1985 Infect. Immunol. 50: 218-224) . The culture media contained PMEM/+1% P-Glucose and 10% FCS (both from Biological Industries, Kibbutz Beth-Haemek, Israel) supplemented with L-glutamine and gentamycin (7 mM and 5mg/ ml, respectively, both from Sigma Chemicals) .
The cells were maintained at 37°C and 5.5% C02 in 150 ml tissue culture flasks (Falcon) .
Confluent monolayers for binding experiments were prepared in either 24 well tissue culture plates or 35 mm tissue culture plates (Corning Glassware, Corning N.Y.). Wells and plates were preincubated for 30 min. with 0.5 ml or 1 ml complete medium, respectively, prior to the addition of cell suspension. In a typical experiment, wells and plates were seeded with 5 x 104 and 105 cells, respectively, and used after 3-4 days when culture became confluent.
III. Binding of 125I-S. aureus to Endothelial Cells
This procedure is essentially as described in the above mentioned reference (Ogawa et al. 1985). An aliquot of labeled S. aureus prepared as described above was diluted in PBS to 108/ ml. 3.5 μl of labeled bacteria were added to a mix containing 200uL PMEM +10% FCS, 33uL 150 mM NaCl containing 20 mM NaHC03, 17 μl of PBS or the competitor to be tested, and then incubated for 2 hours with gentle mixing. The bacteria were then added to confluent monolayers of endothelial cells pregrown as described above . The endothelial cells were washed with saline immediately prior to performing the assay. The mixture was incubated at 4°C for 1 hour with gentle shaking or 2 hours at 37°C in 5% C02 without shaking. The unbound labeled bacteria were removed by washing 3 times with cold PBS containing 2 mM PMSF and 2 mM EPTA. The bound labeled bacteria were then extracted by shaking at room temperature for one hour in PBS containing 1% deoxycholate, 20 mM Tris HCl pH 8.3, 2 mM PMSF, 2 mM EPTA, 2 mM NEM, and 2 mM iodoacetic acid. The extraction was repeated once, and the combined extract was counted in a gamma counter.
Results
A. Binding of bacteria to 125I-FN or FBD in solution
1. Direct Binding
Experiments were performed in order to determine the binding of 125I-FN or 125I-rFBD to S. aureus bacteria in suspension. Various amounts of radioactive FN or r31 kD were added to 5 x 108 bacteria incubated for 2 hours and then centrifuged over a 10% Percoll-saline solution. Radioactivity was monitored in the pellet.
The results showed increased binding of 125I-rFBD (r31 kD) to the bacteria in suspension as compared to the binding of the 125I-FN.
This increased binding of 125I-rFBD to S. aureus as compared to 125I-FN binding to s. aureus can be attributed to a higher affinity of a monovalent domain in comparison to bivalent multidomain of intact plasma derived FN. Similar experiments performed with the 12 kD and 18.5 kD FBD fragments snowed no binding whatsoever.
2. Competition with "native" unlabeled FN. FBP and Related Molecules
A fixed amount of 125I-p31 kP (3 μg/ ml) was incubated with 5 x 108 bacteria in the presence of increasing amounts of various FBP molecules as competitors.
The results demonstrate that "native" FN, as well as properly folded p31 kP or r31 kP FBP inhibited the binding of 125I-p31 kP to S. aureus in a similar fashion, indicating that recombinant 31 kP is as active as the natural plasma-derived molecules. However, the reduced ("scrambled") forms of recombinant or plasma derived FBP only minimally inhibit the binding of 125I-FBP to the bacte¬ ria, indicating that proper folding is necessary for binding. Furthermore, rl8.5 kP and rl2 kP FBP polypeptides as well as a CBP polypeptide (33 kP cell binding domain of FN) did not compete with binding of 125I-pFBP to S. aureus r showing conclusively that only the complete 31 kP FBP domain has bacterial binding activity while the shorter FBP fragments do not bind bacteria.
B. Binding of labeled S. aureus to immobilized FN
To estimate the capacity of rFBP (r31 kP) to interfere with the adherence of bacteria to the extracellular matrix in wounds, a competition assay was developed. In this assay, adherence of S. aureus to plastic surface coated with FN, and the interference of FBD with the binding was measured.
The results demonstrate that the adhesion of S. aureus to FN coated plastic vials was inhibited following pre-incubation of S. aureus with FN, pFBP (31 kP) or rFBP (31 kP) . The . .
extent of inhibition by these molecules was similar. A non- related protein, BSA, which does not have S♦ aureus binding sites, did not cause any inhibition in adhesion of radioactive labeled S. aureus to FN coated plastic vials.
In similar experiments performed with the 12 kP FBP fragments, no inhibition of binding of S.aureus to immobilized FN was detected.
C. Inhibition of Binding of S. aureus to Endothelial Cells
Figure 29 shows the inhibition by FBP fragments of binding of S. aureus to endothelial cells as described above. The 31 kP shows a dramatic and dose dependent effect on S__j_ aureus binding to endothelial cells. However, neither the 18.5 kP nor the 12 kP have any inhibitory effect, showing that the binding site on the FBP for the S. aureus receptor is not found on the 12 kP and 18.5 kP fragments. This is a surprising result since this is the first demonstration that the bacterial binding domain of the FBP of fibronectin can be separated from the S. aureus binding domain.
Summary and Conclusion
Table C summarizes and compares the activities of various FBP polypeptide fragments as described above.
Table C: Comparison of Activities and Binding Specificity of Various FBP Polypeptide Fragments
Figure imgf000102_0001
It is thus seen that the 18.5 kP and 12 kP FBP polypeptide fragments have a high covalent binding specificity for fibrin, together with a narrower spectrum of activities and lower specificity for other ligands such as vascular components and bacteria than the 31 kP. This is an advantageous characteristic for a thrombus imaging agent, ensuring that as a diagnostic reagent it has a high affinity for fibrin-containing thrombi, while maintaining low background levels. An in vivo example of this is provided in Example 13.
EXAMPLE 10
An Improved Method of Refolding/Oxidation and Purification of Shorter FBP Polypeptides Fragments
The recombinant FBP proteins - r31 kP ("5 fingers"), 18.5 kP (a more authentic version of the "3 fingers" than the previously described 20 kP) and rl2 kP ("2 fingers") - are expressed in E. coli and refolded/reoxidized, before being purified to homogeneity (>98% purity) . The refolding/reoxidation processes used for the full 31 kP FBP polypeptide (5-fingered) and for the shorter 12 kP and 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide fragments (2- and 3-fingered) are different and have been described above in Examples 2 and 5. The method of Example 5 has been found to be applicable to all 2- and 3-fingered FBP proteins, that have so far been refolded, but not to the 5-fingered protein, the 31 kP, even when the reduction (followed by reoxidation) is performed on purified plasma-derived 31 kP, i.e., "opening" and refolding the protein. This procedure has recently been improved without affecting the principle of the refolding process, and the improved procedure has been found applicable to the 12 kP, 18.5 kP, and 20 kP polypeptides, and to the 45 kP FBP-CBP hybrid polypeptide (12 kP-33 kP) but not to the 31 kP polypeptide.
The process is essentially as described in Example 5. The following description relates to the 12 kP polypeptide and similar results were obtained for the 18.5 kP FBP polypeptide and 45 kP FBP-CBP hybrid polypeptides; these polypeptides were expressed by plasmids pFN 203-2 (Figure 27), pFN 208-13 (Figure 23) and plasmid pFN 202-5 (Figure 12) , respectively. The bacterial cake was produced as described in Example 2 by fermentation of E. coli strain A4255 harboring plasmid pFN 203-2 (as described in Figure 27) .
A. Crude processing of the bacterial cake: The washing and extraction of the pellet was performed in a similar manner to that of the two- and three-fingered FBP proteins (see Example 5) . The bacterial cake was suspended in 20 volumes of 50 mM Tris HCl, 50 mM EPTA, pH 7.4. After 15 minutes of stirring, the suspension was disrupted by twice passing it through a Pynomill kP 5 bead mill at 50 liters/hour. The disrupted suspension was centrifuged (14000 x g in a Cepa 101 centrifuge at a feed rate of 80 liter per hour. The pellet was suspended in the above buffer to a final volume 10 times that of the original bacterial cake's dry cell weight. The suspension was brought to 37°C and lysozyme added (2500 U/ ml) . After 2 hours of stirring at 37°C, Triton X-100 (1%) was added and incubation with stirring continued for 30 min at room temperature. The suspension was then diluted with an equal volume of deionized water, sonicated by a W 370 sonicator and centrifuged at 14000 x g under the same conditions as above. The pellet was washed twice by resuspending in deionized water to a final volume 16 times that of the dry cell weight of the bacterial cake, and stirring for 15 min at room temperature at pH 7.4. After stirring the suspension was sonicated with a W 370 sonicator and centrifuged at 14000 x g under the same conditions as above. The washed and extracted pellet containing inclusion bodies of the FBP polypeptide is kept frozen at -20°C until further processing.
B. Refolding/reoxidation: The resulting washed inclusion bodies (100 g - representing 19.2 g of dry weight) were solubilized in 5 volumes of 10 mM Tris HCl pH 8.0, 5 - -
mM EPTA, 1 mM phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) , 10 mM e-aminocaproic acid, containing additionally 6 M guanidine HCl (final volume 600 ml) . The sample was reduced by the addition of 2.27 ml of ,9-mercaptoethanol (final concentration: 50 mM) and stirred at room temperature in the absence of air, i.e., in a sealed container, for 90 minutes. The reduced protein was reoxidized (at a protein concentration of 0.81 mg/ ml) in 0.54 M guanidine HCl, as follows: 6 liters of the Oxidation Buffer (10 mM Tris HCl pH 8.0, 5 mM EPTA, 1 mM PMSF 10 M e-aminocaproic acid, containing additionally 0.3 mM oxidized glutathione (GSSG) , were added to the solution of the reduced protein while stirring at a rate of 150 ml per min. The oxidation process was continued for 65 hours at room temperature in a closed container, while being constantly and gently stirred. The solution of the reoxidized protein was filtered through Whatman No. 3 filter paper to remove the precipitates and then concentrated 10-fold on a Pellicon tangential flow ultrafiltration unit equipped with a 3 kP MW cut off membrane and diafiltered on the same membrane, in order to remove the guanidine HCl, the β- mercaptoethanol and the GSSG. A further precipitate, which developed upon standing at 4°C overnight, was removed by centrifugation at 22,500 x g for 45 minutes. (For the 18.5 kP and 45 kP polypeptides, ultrafiltration and diafiltration were performed with a 10 kP molecular weight cutoff membrane.)
C. Purification: The concentrated and clarified solution (700 ml) was loaded on a Q-Sepharose column (2.5 x 28.5 cm), equilibrated in 10 mM Tris HCl, 5 mM EPTA, 1 mM PMSF 10 mM e-aminocaproic acid, pH 8.0. The flow-through of the column, containing the 45 kD protein, was applied - in portions of 170-350 mg) onto a Heparin-Sepharose column (2 x 6.5 cm), equilibrated in 10 mM Tris HCl, pH 8.0, 5 mM EPTA. After washing the unbound protein with this buffer, the bound protein was eluted with the same buffer. containing additionally 500 mM NaCl. The eluates were pooled and kept frozen at -20°C.
As stated above, this procedure was applied with minor modification to both the 18.5 kP polypeptide and the 45 kP FBP-CBP hybrid polypeptide. The results for both these polypeptides were very similar to those obtained for the 12 kP polypeptide.
Use of buffer containing at least 0.5M NaCl for elution from Heparin-Sepharose and storage was found to be necessary to ensure stability of the polypeptides, which otherwise tended to rapidly lose their activity; this applies particularly to the 31 kP polypeptide.
EXAMPLE 11
Characterization of FBP Polypeptide Fragments
I. Procedures
The FBP polypeptide fragments produced by the methods of this application were evaluated and compared in a series of characterization tests by the following methods known in the art.
1. SDS-PAGE +ME (ME = ,3-mercaptoethanol) : 12.5 % acrylamide slab gels are loaded with protein, which had previously been treated by boiling 5 minutes in sample buffer containing 1% SPS - under reducing conditions (+ 1% ME) . Electrophoresis was performed with 20 μg per lane and the gels stained with Coomassie Brilliant Blue. The parameters measured are: a) the mobility, which, when compared with molecular weight markers (94, 67, 43, 30, 20.1 and 14.4 kP) can be expressed in terms of an apparent molecular weight for the protein studied; b) the homogeneity or purity, which can be assessed from the relative intensities of the major and minor bands.
2. SDS-PAGE -ME: 12.5 % acrylamide slab gels are loaded with protein, which had previously been treated - 5 min boiling in sample buffer containing 1% SDS - under non-reducing conditions (-ME) . Electrophoresis is performed with 20 μg per lane and the gels stained with Coomassie Brilliant Blue. The parameters measured are: a) the mobility, which, when compared with molecular weight markers (94, 67, 43, 30, 20.1 and 14.4 kD) can be expressed in terms of an apparent molecular weight for the protein studied; b) the homogeneity or purity, which can be assessed from the relative intensities of the major and minor bands - in particular, under these conditions, one can evaluate the amounts of disulfide-linked dimers.
3. Gel filtration on Superose 12: The apparent molecular weight and the homogeneity of the protein preparations were evaluated from elution profiles obtained on a Superose 12 column (HR10/30, Pharmacia Fine Chemicals) , attached to either an FPLC apparatus, equipped with a liquid chromatography controller LCC-500 and recorder (Pharmacia Fine Chemicals) or to an HPLC system (Waters Associates) , consisting of 2 pumps (Model 501) , an injector (Model U6K) and an automated gradient controller (Model 580) equipped with a variable wavelength detector Spectro-Monitor 3000 (LDC/Milton Roy) - and a Chromato-Integrator (Merck-Hitachi, Model 2000) . The column was calibrated by the following molecular weight standards, whose retention times were determined : bovine serum albumin (67 kD) , ovalbumin (43 kD) , chymotrypsinogen (25 kD) and ribonuclease (13.7 kD) . The flow rate was 0.8 ml/min, using the standard running buffer,i.e., 150 mM NaCl - 20 mM Tris.HCl, pH 7.8-8.0. Two parameters were monitored: the retention time and the half-height bandwidth.
4. UV spectroscopy: Spectra were obtained at room temperature in BBS or PBS at concentrations of 0.2-1 mg/ ml on a Philips UV/Vis scanning spectrophotometer Model PU8720 (bandwidth 2 nm) equipped with a printer/plotter. The spectra were measured in Pye Unicam UV silica cells of 10 mm path-length. Both the absorption coefficient, i.e., e1% at the spectrum's λmax, and the ratio between the absorbances at λmax and λmin were monitored.
5. intrinsic fluorescence: Data were obtained on a Jasco spectrofluorometer. Model FP-770 at 25°C±0.1°C. Excitation wavelength was 280 nm and both excitation and emission slits were set at 5 nm. The concentration of proteins in the assay was 8-25 μg/ ml in either PBS or fresh BBS, pH 7.5. There is a marked pH dependence of both measured parameters, i.e., λmax (the wavelength of the spectrum's maximum) and the specific intensity (the fluorescence intensity at the spectrum's maximum normalized by the protein concentration in mg/ ml) .
6. Amino acid composition: This test is performed according to the Stein & Moore proven methodology for amino acid analysis. Protein hydrolysis is performed on dried protein following treatment in a Speed Vac centrifuge (Savant) : 6.0 N HCl is added, l ml per each mg of protein; nitrogen is substituted for air by successive evacuations and rinsing by nitrogen. The tube is sealed and heated for 22 h at 110 ± 0.1°C. The currently used method is essentially in compliance with the USP Drafts of Biotechnology-Derived Products, 1989 USP Convention, Inc.. <954> pp 96-98. The analyzer in use is a Biotronic LC 5000, serial number 515-01. The parameter evaluated by this method is the number of residues of each amino acid, except for Cys and Trp.
7. Heparin-Sepharose chromatography: Samples of up to 200 μl were injected onto an analytical Heparin-Sepharose column (5.5 x 0.5 cm), attached to an HPLC system (Waters Associates) , consisting of 2 pumps (Model 501) , an injector (Model U6K) and an automated gradient controller (Model 580) equipped with a variable wavelength detector Spectro-Monitor 3000 (LDC/Milton Roy) - and a Chromato-Integrator (Merck-Hitachi, Model 2000) . The column was preequilibrated in 10 mM Na-phosphate pH 6.5, 75 mM NaCl at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min and washed for 5 minutes in the same buffer. The proteins were eluted in a linear gradient from 75 to 500 mM NaCl in buffer in 37.5 minutes. Two parameters were evaluated, the retention time (ret. time) , which is proportional to the salt concentration at which the protein elutes and the half-height band width (half-ht. b.w.), which assesses the peak's homogeneity.
8. Reverse phasβ-HPLC chromatography: Samples were injected onto an analytical Waters C18 Bondapak reverse phase column (30 x 0.39 cm), attached to an HPLC system as in Section 1.7. The column was preequilibrated in 80% H20, 0.1% TFA/20% acetonitrile, 0.08% TFA at a flow rate of 1 ml/min and washed for 5 min with the same solvents. The proteins were eluted in a linear gradient to 40% H20 - 0.1% TFA: 60% acetonitrile - 0.08% TFA in 40 minutes. Two parameters were evaluated, the retention time (ret. time) and the half- height band width (half-ht. b.w.), which assesses the peak's homogeneity.
9. Tryptic maps: 200 μg samples of the various batches were digested for 10 min at 37° at various trypsin w/w ratios, in %: 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 & 10.0. The reaction was stopped, with 5 mM PMSF, and following 30 min on ice, was treated with sample buffers ±ME (see Sections 1.1.& 1.2.) and run on 20 % acrylamide slab gels - as above. The degree of equivalence between the band patterns was assessed after staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue.
10. Ellman's method for thiol determination in proteins: The determination is performed on denatured proteins, in order to enable full exposure of thiol groups.
Stock solutions: 1. Guanidine-HCl (of purest quality available) 7.2 M in 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8 (GuCl); 2. DTNB (Ellman's reagent) 5x10 -3 M in 100 mM K- phosphate buffer, pH 7.
Method: A protein sample containing 10-100 μM of thiol groups is made up to 0.15 ml; a DTNB blank, (i.e. without _- .-
protein included); 0.75 ml of GuCl 7.2 M is added to give a final concentration of 6 M. After incubation for 15-30 minutes at room temperature, the blank of the protein solutions is read at 412 nm. 100 μl DTNB is then added to a final concentration of 5 x 10~4 M. After incubation for 30 minutes at room temperature, the samples are read at 412 nm versus the DTNB blank. The concentration is calculated using e= 13,600 M"1cm"1, i.e., 100 μM of thiol groups give an absorbance value of 1.36.
11. Precipitation/Adsorption
Eppendorf tubes containing frozen 125I-FBD are allowed to thaw at room temperature, and then mixed by vortexing. Two 5 μl aliquots are removed for radioactivity monitoring. When high specific activity 125I-FBD is used, dilution in siliconized tubes with high salt buffer (0.6 M NaCl- 20 mM, NaHC03 pH 8-9) should be carried out before counting. The stock solution is then centrifuged at top speed in an Eppendorf centrifuge and the supernatant removed to another siliconized tube. Two 5 μl aliquots are counted again. The differences between the radioactivity obtained before and after centrifugation represent the "percent precipitation".
When 125I-FBD is kept frozen (at -70°C) in siliconized tubes and in the high salt (0.6 M NaCl) buffer the protein is quite stable. We found only minimal precipitation of 125i- FBD of 0-7% within a period of 2 weeks. However, when kept in non-siliconized tubes and in a low salt (150 mM NaCl) buffer, 125I-FBD precipitation could be as high as to 60-80% in 2-3 days. Under these conditions both precipitation and adsorption to the tube are substantial.
12. Reaction of FBD with 1 c-putrescine The reaction measures the accessibility of Gin ≠3 of the FBD to the transglutaminase reaction of Factor Xllla) .
Method: The reaction mixtures (100 μl) in siliconized Eppendorf tubes contain: 10 mM CaCl2, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM DTT, 120 μM 1 C-putrescine (Sigma), 6 μM FBD and 0.05U/ ml guinea pig liver transglutaminase (Sigma). After incubation at room temperature for 0,15,30 and 60 min, aliquots (10 μl) are added to tubes containing 200 μl stop reagent (0.4 mg/ ml BSA, 50 mM EDTA, 150 mM NaCl, 20 mM NaHC03, pH 8.0) at 0°C (on ice). Cold 20% TCA (250 μl) is added and following 10 min incubation on ice, an additional 3 ml of cold 20% TCA is added and the tube content is filtered on a glass fiber filter (Whatman GF\C) . The filters are washed 3 times with cold 20% TCA and once with 70% ethanol. TCA precipitable radioactive material was monitored in a beta counter. The accessibility of Gin #3 in the FBD to transglutamination was calculated based on the specific activity of 1 C- putrescine and on the concentration of FBD in the reaction mixture; incorporation of 5% of the total counts is equivalent to 100% accessibility.
13. Self Association
The reaction is carried out in 300 μl of a 150 mM NaCl-20 mM NaHC03, pH 8.0, containing also: O.lx Tyrode's buffer; 0.6% BSA; 5 mM CaCl2; 0.15 μM 125I-FBD; 6 μl Transglutaminase (0.02U/ ml) - see Section 12.
Reaction mixtures were incubated at 37 °C for 18 hours, followed by vacuum aspiration of the reaction solution, washing 3 times with 1 ml "wash buffer" and measuring the radioactivity in a gamma counter. - i¬
ll. Resu ts
All the FBD proteins contain an extra methionine at the amino terminus, and instead of the pyroglutamate residue, which is the blocked N-terminus of the p31 kD (obtained by post-translational modification from the coded Gin) , their N-terminal Met is followed by a Gin residue. The positive identification of FBD proteins was also confirmed by Western blot analysis of the gels - developed with aήti-20 kD. The 45 kD was identified by developing its blots with both anti-20 kD and anti-33 kD of the cell binding domain.
The FBD fragments and the 45 kD FBD-CBD hybrid were further characterized by a variety of: a) physico-chemical tests as described above in comparison to the 31 kD (see Tables C and D).
b) biochemical and biological tests in vitro: accessibility of Gin #3 to transgluta inase-catalyzed transamidation (see Tables C and D) ; and self association. Binding to preformed fibrin clots is described in Example 9.
c) biological tests in vivo: binding to venous thrombi in rats is described in Example 13.
Table D details the parameters assayed in the chemical and physico-chemical characterization of FBD polypeptides and of the FBD-CBD hybrid. The 12 kD, 18.5 kD and 45 kD polypeptides were produced by plasmids pFN 203-2, pFN 208- 13, and pFN 202-5, respectively.
Table E provides actual measured values for the FBD polypeptides assayed. Table D. Characterization Parameters for the FBD proteins
METHOD PARAMETERS
1. SDS-PAGE +ME molecular weight (c£. markers) ; purity & homogeneity
2. -ME molecular weight (≤£. markers) ; purity & homogeneity
3. Gel filt. retention time; half-height
(Superose 12) bandwidth
4. UV spectroscopy absorption coeffic.-λmax-l%. ;absorbance ratio λmaxmin
5. Intrinsic specific intensity (I/prot. fluorescence cone.) ; λmax
6. Amino acid residue number - equivalence to composition theoretical value
7. Heparin- retention time;half-height Sepharose bandwidth
8. RP-HPLC retention time; half-height bandwidth
9. Ellman Free thiols.
10.Reaction with Percent of theoretical binding - 1 C-putrescine representing accessibility of Gin ≠3 to transglutaminase dependent transamidation (<0.5% binding in the absence of the enzyme) .
Figure imgf000115_0001
Table E: MEASUREP VALUES FOR FBP PROTEINS
PROTEIN rl8.5 kD ri2 kD r_5 kD r3l kD
1. SDS-PAGE +ME 18.5 kP; >98% 14.2 kD; >98% 42 kD; >90% 31 kD; >98%
2. -ME 17.7 kD; >98% 14.4 kD; >98% 41 kD; >90% 28 kP; >98%
3. Gel filt. 18.29 min; 3mm 19.03 min; 16.56 min; 17.41 min;
(Superose 12) 2.5mm 2mm 3mm
4. UV spectro- 19.2; 1.84 13.5; 2.02 not done 17.7; 1.55 scopy
5. Intrinsic 340nm; 10.3 339nm; 14.4 not done 3.43nm; fluorescence 18.1
6. Amino acid Equivalent to Equivalent to not done Equivalent composition theoretical theoretical to value value theoretica
1 value
Figure imgf000116_0001
Table E: MEASURED VALUES FOR FBD PROTEINS (Cont'd)
Figure imgf000117_0002
25 select ve plasm nogen act vat on. The select v ty of TPA s
Figure imgf000117_0001
due to the presence of fibrin binding sites at the amino
catalyze a systemic conversion of circulating plasminogen to plasmin. The activated plasmin is preferentially inhibited by α2-antiplasmin. Once the inhibitor capacity is exhausted, free fibrinogen, fibrin and some other plasma proteins are degraded by plasmin. The resulting fibrinogenolysis causes disruption of the normal coagulation mechanisms, increasing thereby the risk of hemorrhage.
Oue to the affinity of TPA to fibrin it is assumed to be advantageous as a fibrinolytic agent relative to SK which does not bind fibrin. TPA and SK were recently compared for their therapeutic efficiency in several large scale human clinical trials. According to the accumulated data SK is the agent of choice for most patients (Scrip No. 1597, pages 22-23, March 8, 1991). A major interest still exists in developing an improved fibrinolytic agent with increased fibrin selectivity. Both chemical cross-linking and recombinant PNA methods are used to design the desired molecules. Several chimeric plasminogen activator molecules have been constructed containing various high affinity fibrin binding domains of several plasma-derived proteins or anti-fibrin monoclonal antibodies bound to the catalytic domain of TPA. These molecules are being analyzed by several pharmaceutical companies for their therapeutic efficacy.
Activated factor XIII (transglutaminase) catalyzes the cross-linking of fibrin molecules in the final step of blood coagulation, thereby increasing the mechanical stability of the clot. As described in Example 6B, intact plasmatic fibronectin (FN) is also cross linked to fibrin by factor Xllla.
As described in Examples 2 and 4, applicants have cloned and expressed FBP polypeptide fragments of the FN (12 kP, 18.5 kP, 20 kP and 31 kP) . These polypeptides have been studied in vitro and in vivo for their ability to become covalently bound to fibrin clots and thrombi in the presence of factor Xllla (Example 6, 9, 13). We decided to take advantage of this intrinsic ability of the FBP molecules with respect to their covalent binding to fibrin and to generate by chemical cross-linking (or by recombinant PNA methods) chimeric FBP-SK molecules in order to target SK to the thrombi, thereby reducing the risk of hemorrhage.
II. Chemical derivatization and cross-linking of FBP and SK
FBP polypeptides and fragments spanning the amino terminal region of FN were derivatized with N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPPP) - a heterobifunctional cross-linker.
SPPP reacts at alkaline pH with primary amines introducing 2-pyridyl- disulfide groups into the protein. By measuring the absorbance at 343 nm, which in this pH range is specific for the thio-pyridine group released after the reduction of the modified FBP, the number of cross-linker groups per FBP molecule was calculated. With the plasmatic 31 kP FBP molecule very poor reaction yields were obtained as it tended to precipitate under the conditions of the chemical modification. Further experiments were performed with the recombinant 12 kP FBP molecule produced by plasmid pFN 196- 2 (Figure 10) . Approximately 2 residues of cross-linker were found to be introduced per each 12 kP FBP molecule.
SK, which lacks cysteine residues was derivatized with 2-iminothiolane. This reagent reacts with primary amines, introducing a charged spacer ending with a thiol group. The number of the thiol groups introduced in the SK molecule was determined by the use of Ellman's reagent. Under the conditions of the modification it was found that about 2 thiol groups were introduced per SK molecule. By mixing the two derivatized polypeptides the free thiol group will exchange with the 2-pyridyl-sulfide group, forming a disulfide bond between the two proteins and releasing pyridine-2-thiol. Conjugation was found to be optimal at 4 to 8 times molar excess of the derivatized FBP. Under these conditions essentially all derivatized SK molecules had reacted with FBP molecules. The conjugation process was analyzed by SPS-PAGE and by gel filtration on FPLC attached Superose 12. Complex formation was complete in about 10 minutes, yielding a mixture of molecules with variable FBP and SK content.
The chemical modification and cross linking reactions were performed according to Runge et al., PNAS, USA, S : 7659- 7662 (1987).
Under the optimized conditions established for the chemical modification reactions, the calculated number of pyridyl- disulfide and thiol groups on each of the FBP and SK molecules is about 2. The conjugation mixture thus formed contained mostly the desired 1:1 hybrid.
Isolation of the FBP-SK complex
Separation between conjugated and free SK and FBP molecules was carried out in two steps as follows: First, gel filtration on Superose 6 was performed in order to remove excess 12 kP FBP. Second, chromatography on Heparin-Sepharose was used to separate free streptokinase from the conjugate which binds to the resin at 25 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tris/HCl, pH 7.4, and was then eluted with 0.5M NaCl in the same buffer. Contamination by free SK, as judged by gel electrophoresis accounts for less than 5% of the final preparation.
Functional characterization of the FBP-SK complex The cross-linked FBP-SK complex, purified by Heparin-Sepharose chromatography, was compared to native SK using the following criteria:
1. Kinetics of plasminogen activation using the chromogenic substrate S-2251 of plasmin (Figure 33) .
2. Fibrinolytic activity utilizing the fibrin-plate assay (Figure 34) , according to Neville Marsh,
Fibrinolysis, 1981.
3. Human plasma clot lysis, using 125I-fibrinogen, for clot formation.
The results indicate that the complex retained a level of plasminogen activator activity comparable to that of SK. From Fig. 33 the apparent J^ values for the plasminogen substrate, Kplg, were 3.1 x 10_6M and 1.8 x 10"6M for the SK and the FBP-SK complex, respectively, whereas the catalytic rate constant for the complex, k_ιg was found to be lower by a factor of 2 than that for SK. Furthermore, Fig. 34 demonstrates no significant difference between the lysis zones formed after overnight incubation by either SK or the FBP-SK complex.
In addition, 14C-putrescine was incorporated into the complexes by guinea pig liver transglutaminase to about 40% of the level incorporated into the 12 kP FBP (Figure 35) ; compare with Table E, Example 11. PTT increased incorporation into the complex up to 140%. No incorporation into SK was observed. These findings indicate that the FBP-SK conjugate has retained the potential of becoming cross-linked to thrombi by activated Factor XIII. Applicants additionally envisage construction of a chimera FBP-SK polypeptide encoded by a recombinant plasmid.
EXAMPLE 13
In vivo Labelling of Thrombi by 111In-labelled 12 kP and 18.5 kP-FBP in the Rat Stainless-steel Coil Model
The model employed is essentially that described in Example 7. Recombinant 12 kP-, 18.5 kP- and 31 kP-FBP polypeptide fragments were labelled with lxlIn by the PTPA method (Example 8) . The labelled materials (specific activity approx. 5xl06 cpm/μg) were administered intravenously (5xl06 cpm/rat) into coil- bearing rats (Example 7) 5h after insertion of the coils. The coils bearing the thrombi were removed and counted 24h after administration of the label. Figure 31 presents the results of the specific radioactivity in the clots and blood, and Figure 32 presents the respective thrombus to blood ratios. As shown, high thrombus specific radioactivity values were obtained with the three compounds. Higher values were found in the thrombi of the 31 kP FBP group, than in those of the 12 kP- and 18.5 kP-FBP fragments. However, the thrombus/blood ratios were higher for the 12 kP and 18.5 kP-FBP fragments, due to lower blood levels, as compared with the 31 kP-FBP. This may be due to the narrow spectrum of specifities and activities of the shorter fragments by comparison with the 31 kP polypeptide (Example 9, Table C) . EXAMPLE 14
Use of FBP polypeptides in Wound Healing
In early events of wound healing the epithelium migrates over a gel layer of fibrin and fibronectin, before the permanent basement membrane components, such as laminin and type IV collagen, are reformed. The initial plasma-derived gel, that contains both fibrin and fibronectin, is readily invaded by fibroblasts and serves hemostatic and adhesive functions, providing a provisional matrix for cell migration and a reservoir of chemotactic and growth factors ("wound hormones") . The fibrin extravascular gel, which rapidly forms a lattice, incorporates fibronectin. It has been shown that the fibroblasts in vivo attach to the fibrin lattice primarily via fibronectin (Grinnell, F. et al. (1980) Cell 19517-525; Colvin, R.B. et. al., (1979) Lab Invest. 41464- 473; Knox, P. et. al. (1986), J. Cell Biol. 102 2318-2323). It is therefore believed that the initial processes of wound healing require both the fibrin binding and cell binding domains of fibronectin. Since the attachment of fibronectin to fibrin occurs presumably via the transglutaminase - catalyzed transamidation of Gln-3 of fibronectin to fibrin lysine residues, any fibrin binding domain polypeptide that contains an intact structure of the region surrounding Gln-3 should be able to act in this system. Thus applicant's 12kP and 18.5kP polypeptide fragments of the FBP may also be used together with a CBD polypeptide to enhance wound healing. Note that recombinant CBP polypeptide may be used, such as the r33kP and r40kP described in copending PCT patent application No. WO 90/07577.
In order to assess the potential of the FBP of human fibronectin in promoting wound healing, it was tested in a cell spreading assay. In this assay fibroblasts are allowed to spread on glass coverslips to which a CBP polypeptide has been absorbed in the absence or presence of a FBP polypeptide. Thus, the FBP domain polypeptide is tested for its ability to act as an enhancer of cellular focal adhesion, as a co-substrate with fibronectin•s cell binding domain. When used in combination with the 75kP cell-binding domain (CBP) derived from bovine plasma fibronectin, the plasma-derived FBP, p31kP, and the recombinant FBP, r31kP, both from human origin, were found to be indistinguishable in their ability to promote focal adhesion of NRK fibroblasts. Both human protein domains were much more effective than the corresponding fragment from bovine origin , when used at the same concentrations, i.e., lOOμl of lOμg/ml of a 1:1 mixture of FBP and CBP proteins (see below for experimental details) . The difference between the effects of the 75kP CBP alone and in combination with FBP was striking. Interference reflection microscopy (IRM) of cells spread on the 75kP CBP alone, showed only amorphous •grey' patches and spots (which, from electron microscopy - EM - of ventral membrane replicates, are known to be associated with clathrin-based structures*) , but incorporation of FBP (recombinant or plasma-derived) as co- substrate induced formation of clearly-defined focal adhesion structures, visualized in IRM as dense black streaks (the density of color showing closer contact of the ventral surface to the substrate) . IRM/EM correlations showed that these tight, ordered adhesions corresponded to the termini of cytoskeletal stress fibers.
For further investigation of the combined effects of the FBP and CBP on wound healing the 45 kP polypeptide (12 kP FBP - 33 kP CBP) and 64 kP polypeptide (31 kP FBP - 33 kP CBP) were constructed (Figures 12 and 25 respectively) . Similar hybrid polypeptides are envisaged using 12 kP or 18.5 kP FBP instead of the 31 kP FBP and using the 40 kP CBP polypeptide instead of the 33 kP CBP polypeptide. Experimental Details
Both the p75kD CBD (from bovine origin) and the 31kD FBD (from recombinant human origin) polypeptides at a concentration of lOμg/ml in PBS, total volume lOOμl, were allowed to adsorb in a humid atmosphere for 1 hour at room temperature to 13mm glass coverslips (Chance Propper Ltd. Warley, UK) , which had been treated overnight with cone. H2S04 and rinsed extensively with distilled water. Following washing with PBS pH 7.1 the coverslips were incubated with ovalbumin (lmg/ml in PBS, Sigma Chemical Co.) for 10 min at room temperature in order to reduce non-specific attachment. The spreading assay was performed with NRK cells, subcultured for 18 hours before being detached by 0.lmg/ml TPCK-trypsin (Sigma Chemical Co.) and resuspended in Ca2+- containing Eagle's minimum essential medium (EMEM) for 20 min at 37°. These cells were obtained in a single-cell suspension by gentle sucking into a 5ml syringe fitted with a hypodermic needle, followed by 3 washes with EMEM containing 2% w/v ovalbumin. The spreading of the cells was monitored by resuspending the washed NRK cells on the coverslip with the protein substrate at a density of lxlO4 cells/cm2. They were examined by interference reflection and phase contrast microscopy, using a Leitz Ortholux II microscope equipped with X50/1.0 and xlOO/1.32 PHACO RK objectives and photographs were taken (Kodak technical Pan 2415 35mm film) . After 2 hours the live cells were fixed with 2.5% v/v glutaraldehyde (TAAB Labs, Reading, Berks, U.K.) in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate buffer and the fixed cells were examined by EM. - -
EXAMPLE 15: Use of 111In-DTPA modified FBD proteins yith high radioche ical purity in order to obtain high thrombus to blood ratios in a rat model.
1. Modification and radiolabeling of DTPA-modified FBD proteins
The methodology of DTPA modification and the radiolabeling of DTPA-modified FBD proteins described in Example 8 have been improved. These improvements have enabled the obtaining of high thrombus to blood ratios in the coil model in rats.
1.1 DTPA- odification: All three recombinant molecules, the r31kD, rl8.5 kD and rl2kD, were modified with a 20-fold
excess of DTPA in 0.1M HEPES buffer pH 7.0, and the excess of DTPA was removed by gel filtration.
1.2 Radiolabeling: One of the changes introduced was to perform the radiolabeling with 111InCl3 at a low pH (0.2M citrate buffer, pH 5.7) in order to reduce to a minimum the amount of radiocolloids. An additional precautionary measure was taken to ensure the removal of contaminating heavy metal ions that could displace the chelated 121In from the DTPA-modified protein by exchanging the buffers of the radiolabeled FBD solution with Chelex-100-treated buffers.
2.Protocol for modification and radiolabeling of FBD proteins
The detailed improved procedure for the DTPA modification and radiolabeling of the r31 kD, the rl8.5 kD and the rl2 kD polypeptide fragments of the FBD is given below. „ _.
— 125—
2.1. Desalting: The proteins (all in 0.5 M NaCl, including millimolar concentrations of EDTA and other protease inhibitors) were desalted and transferred to HEPES buffer (0.1 M pH 7) . The 31 kD FBD (27 ml, 0.6 mg/ml) was desalted by dialysis, whereas both the 18.5 kD FBP (5 ml, 8.7 mg/ml) and the 12 kP FBP (5 ml, 5.6 mg/ml) were desalted on PP-10 gel filtration columns.
2.2 DTPA modification: This was carried out with a 20-fold excess of DTPA anhydride for 1 hour at room temperature in a volume of 27 ml in the case of the 31kD FBD and 7 ml in both the cases of the 12 kD and 18.5 kP FBP proteins. Aliquots (100 μl) of the modification mixture were set aside for the determination of the number of PTPA residues that had been incorporated into the proteins and the free PTPA was removed from the rest of the material by gel filtration on 2.6x60 cm Sephadex G-25 column, which had been pre-equilibrated and developed with the HEPES buffer. The protein-containing fractions (30 ml) were collected and the protein concentrations obtained were 0.35 mg/ml, 0.8 mg/ml and 0.9 mg/ml for the r31kP, rl8.5kP and rl2kP FBP proteins, respectively. The degree of modification, which was determined by TLC on silica gel (developed in 85% methanol) , was found to be 1.1, 0.8 and 1.6 for the above FBP proteins, respectively. PTPA-modified FBP proteins were stored frozen at -20°C and thawed aliquots gave reproducible results upon radiolabeling with lxlIn.
2.3.Radiolabeling: The labeling was carried out with 111InCl3, which had been brought to 0.2 M sodium citrate, pH 5.7, by adding 125 μl of 1 M sodium citrate pH 5.7 to 500 μl of the carrier-free 11J,InCl3 stock solution (llxIn: 3.2 mCi/ml) . The reaction mixture for radiolabeling contained (final concentrations): FBP protein 0.2 μg/μl, HEPES 60 mM, HCl 10 mM, sodium citrate 0.2 M and αllIn 0.8 μCi/μl. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 1 hr at room temperature. The radiochemical purity was analyzed by TLC on silica gel (developed in 85% methanol) and for all the polypeptide fragments of the FBP it was in the range of 91%-95%. Thus, the specific activity of the radiolabeled FBP proteins is about 3.6 μCi/μg ("8xl06 cpm/μg). Since heavy metal ions, potentially present as trace contaminants in the buffers used during radiolabeling, might displace the 111In which is bound to the PTPA-modified FBP proteins, the radiolabeled FBP proteins were passed through a bed of 10ml of Sephadex G-25, which had been pre- equilibrated, and which was developed, with a BSA-containing BBS buffer, which had been pretreated by Chelex-100 (to remove metal ion contaminants) . 3. Biological activity
The biological activity was tested with in vitro by binding of the 111In-labeled PTPA-modified FBP to preformed clots and in vivo in the steel coil-induced venous thrombi model in rats.
3.1 Binding to preformed clots
This was performed exactly as described in Example 6 for iodinated FBP. The specific activity of the three xllIn- labeled PTPA-modified FBP proteins was 6xl06 cpm/μg protein. Results of the experiments are given in Table F (second column) .
3.2 Venous thrombi in rats
The model used (coil-induced venous thrombi in rats) has been described in Example 7. In the experiments of this
Example each group consisted of 7 rats to which 5xl06 cpm (with a specific activity of 6xl06 cpm/μg protein) of 13,1In labeled PTPA modified FPB protein was injected. Results of the experiments are given in Table F (3 last columns) .
Table F: Binding FBD proteins thrombi in vitro and in vivo
Figure imgf000129_0001
approximately 50% of these values are obtained in the presence of iodoacetate, an inhibitor of transglutaminase.
REFERENCES
1. Uehara, A., et al., J. Nuclear Med. 9: 1264-1267 (1988) .
2. Zoghbi, S.S., et al., Invest. Radio. 2Q.: 198-202 (1985) .
3. Kakkar, V.V. , et al., Lancet 1 : 540-542 (1970).
4. Knight, L.C., Nuclear Med. Commun. : 849-857 (1988) .
5. Knight, L.C., Nuclear Med. Commun. £: 823-829 (1988) .
6. Som. P., et al., J. Nuc. Med. .27: 1315-1320 (- 1986) .
7. Palabrica, T.M. , et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 1036-40 (1989).
8. Akiyama, S.K. and Yamada, K.M. , Adv. Enzymol. 57: 1-57 (1987) .
9. Pierschbacher, M.D., et al., J. Biol. Chem. 257: 9593-9597 (1982) .
10. Pande, H. and Shively, J.E., Arch. Biochem. Bio- phys. £13: 258-265 (1982).
11. Hayashi, M. and Yamada, K.M. , J. Biol. Chem. 258: 3332-3340 (1983) . 12. Sekiguchi, K. and Hakomori, S.-I., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77: 2661-2665 (1980).
13. Ruoslahti, E. , et al., J. Biol. Chem. 256: 7277- 7281 (1981) .
14. Owens, R.J. and Baralle, F.E., EMBO J. £: 2825- 2830 (1988).
15. Obara, M. , et al., FEBS Letters 213: 261-264 (- 1987) .
16. Obara, M. , et al.. Cell 53.: 699 (1988).
17. Ichihara-Tanaka, K. , et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265: 401-407 (1990) .
18. Mandel, et al.. Principal and Practice of Infec¬ tious Disease 2 : 1531-1552 (1979) .
19. Proctor, R.A., et al., J. Biol. Chem. 255: 1181- 1188 (1980) .
20. Eldor, A., et al.. Thrombosis and Haemostatis 56(3): 333-339 (1986).
21. Fritzberg, A.R. , Nucl. Med. 16: 7-12 (1987).
22. Young, R.A. and Davis, R.W. , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80: 1194-1198 (1983).
23. Hugh, T. , et al.. In DNA Cloning; A Practical Approach (D. Glover, ed.), IRL Press, Oxford (1984) . 24. Vogel, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA ££: 3180-3184 (1972).
25. Bagly, D. , et al.. Methods in Enzymol. 4_5_: 669- 678 (1976) .
26. Wagner and Hynes, J. Biol. Chem. 254: 6746-6754 (1979) .
27. McDonagh, R.P., et al., FEBS Lett. 127: 174-178
(1981) .
28. Mosher, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 255: 1181-1188 (1980) .
29. Russel, P.B., et al., J. Clin. Micro. 15: 1083- 1087 (1987) .
30. Bolton, A.E. and Hunter, W.M. , Biochem. J. 133: 529 (1973).
31. Obara, et al., Cell ^3: 649-657 (1988).
32. Fritzberg, A.R., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 5 4025-4029 (1988).
33. Knight, L.C., et al.. Radiology 12 : 163-169 (- 1989) .
34. Wasser, M.N.J.M. , et al.. Blood 74.: 708-714 (- 1989) .
35. Burger, J.J. , et al.. Methods in Enzymology 112: 43-56 (1985) . 36. Yamamoto, K. , et al., Eur. J. Nucl. Med. 24. 60- 64 (1988) .
37. Peterson, et al., in Fibronectin. edited by Moshen, Academic Press, USA, 1989: page 1-24, particularly Figure 2 on page 5.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An imaging agent which comprises a polypeptide labeled with an imageable marker, such polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially identical to a sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin, being capable of binding to fibrin, having a molecular weight above about 6 kD but less than about 20 kD, and having the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or met-gln- ala-gln-gln at the N-terminus of the polypeptide.
2. An imaging agent of claim l, wherein the polypeptide additionally has those intramolecular disulfide bonds present in naturally-occurring human fibronectin which are necessary for fibrin binding.
3. An imaging agent of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide has a molecular weight of about 12 kD or above.
4. An imaging agent of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide has a molecular weight of about 20 kD or below.
5. An imaging agent of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide has a molecular weight of about 18.5 kD or below.
6. A composition comprising an effective imaging amount of the imaging agent of claim 1 and a physiologically acceptable carrier.
7. An agent of claim 1, wherein the marker is a radioactive isotope, an element which is opaque to X-rays, or a paramagnetic ion.
8. An agent of claim 7, wherein the marker is a radioactive isotope.
9. An agent of claim 8, wherein the radioactive isotope is indium-Ill.
10. An agent of claim 8, wherein the radioactive isotope is technetium-99m.
11. An agent of claim 8, wherein the radioactive isotope is iodine-123, iodine-125, iodine-131, krypton-81m, xenon-133, or gallium-67.
12. An agent of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide comprises a 20 kD polypeptide wherein the amino acid sequence substantially identical to a sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin is the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2.
13. An agent of claim 12, wherein the polypeptide comprises less than about 20 additional amino acids.
14. An agent of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide wherein the amino acid sequence substantially identical to a sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin is the sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2. -134 —
15. An agent of claim 1, wherein the polypeptide is an 18.5 kD polypeptide wherein the amino acid sequence substantially identical to a sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin is the sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2.
16. A method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance which comprises contacting the fibrin- containing substance to be imaged with the agent of claim 1 under conditions such that the agent binds to the fibrin-containing substance and imaging bound agent and thereby imaging the fibrin-containing substance.
17. A method of claim 16, wherein the fibrin- containing substance is a thrombus.
18. A method of claim 16, wherein the fibrin- containing substance is atherosclerotic plaque.
19. A method for imaging a fibrin-containing substance in a subject which comprises:
(a) administering to the subject a composition of claim 6 under conditions permitting the imaging agent contained therein to enter the blood stream and bind to fibrin present in the blood vessels;
(b) imaging bound agent within the blood vessels; and thereby
(c) imaging the fibrin-containing substance,
20. A method of claim 19, wherein the fibrin- containing substance is a thrombus.
21. A method of claim 19, wherein the fibrin- containing substance is atherosclerotic plaque.
22. A method of claim 16, wherein the polypeptide is an 18.5 kD polypeptide wherein the amino acid sequence substantially identical to a sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin is the sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2.
23. A method of claim 16, wherein the polypeptide comprises a 20 kD polypeptide wherein the amino acid sequence substantially identical to a sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin is the sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2.
24. A method of claim 23, wherein the polypeptide comprises less than about 20 additional amino acids.
25. A method of claim 16, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide wherein the amino acid sequence substantially identical to a sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin is the sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2.
26. A method of claim 16, wherein the marker is a radioactive isotope, an element which is opaque to X-rays, or a paramagnetic ion.
27. A method of claim 16, wherein the imaging is carried out using a gamma camera.
28. A plasmid for expression of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin, being capable of binding to fibrin, having a molecular weight above about 6 kD but less than about 20 kD, and having the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or met-gln- ala-gln-gln at the N-terminus of the polypeptide comprising DNA encoding the polypeptide and DNA encoding suitable regulatory elements positioned relative to the DNA encoding the polypeptide so as to effect expression of the polypeptide in a suitable host cell.
29. A plasmid of claim 28, wherein the polypeptide is about an 18.5 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin.
30. A plasmid of claim 28, wherein the polypeptide comprises about a 20 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin.
31. A plasmid of claim 28, wherein the polypeptide is about a 12 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin.
32. A plasmid of claim 29, wherein the amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprises amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2.
33. A plasmid of claim 30, wherein the amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprises amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2.
34. A plasmid of claim 33, wherein the polypeptide comprises less than about 20 additional amino acids.
35. A plasmid of claim 31, wherein the amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin comprises the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2.
36. A plasmid according to claim 34 designated pFN 949-2 and deposited in Escherichia coli strain A1645 under ATCC Accession No. 67831.
37. A plasmid according to claim 35 designated pFN 196-2 and deposited in Escherichia coli strain A4255 under ATCC Accession No. 68328.
38. A plasmid according to claim 35 designated pFN 203-2 and deposited in Escherichia coli strain A4255 under ATCC Accession No. 68606.
39. A cell which comprises the plasmid of claim 28.
40. A bacterial cell according to claim 39.
41. An Escherichia coli cell according to claim 40.
42. An Escherichia coli cell according to claim 41, wherein the plasmid is designated pFN 949-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 67831.
43. An Escherichia coli cell according to claim 41, wherein the plasmid is designated pFN 196-2 and wherein the cell is deposited under ATCC Accession No. 68328.
44. A method of producing a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises treating the cell according to claim 39 so that the DNA directs expression of the polypeptide and the cell expresses the polypeptide and recovering from the cell the polypeptide so expressed.
45. A method of producing a 20 kD polypeptide fragment corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin which comprises treating an Escherichia coli cell comprising the plasmid of claim 33 so that the DNA directs expression of the polypeptide and the cell expresses the polypeptide and recovering from the cell the polypeptide so expressed.
46. A method of producing a 12 kD polypeptide fragment corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin which comprises treating an Escherichia coli cell comprising the plasmid of claim 35 so that the DNA directs expression of the polypeptide and the cell expresses the polypeptide and recovering from "the cell the polypeptide so expressed.
47. A purified polypeptide substantially free of other substances of human origin which has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and which is capable of binding to fibrin.
48. A polypeptide of claim 47, wherein the polypeptide comprises a 20 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin, having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-153 as shown in Figure 2 and having the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or met- gln-ala-gln-gln at the N-terminus of the polypeptide.
49. A polypeptide of claim 48, wherein the polypeptide comprises less than about 20 additional amino acids.
50. A polypeptide of claim 47, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin, having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-109 as shown in Figure 2 and having the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or met-gln-ala-gln-gln at the N- teπninus of the polypeptide.
51. A polypeptide of claim 47, wherein the polypeptide is an 18.5 kD polypeptide corresponding to an amino acid sequence present in the fibrin binding domain of human fibronectin, having the amino acid sequence of amino acids 1-154 as shown in Figure 2 and having the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or et- gln-ala-gln-gln at the N-terminus of the polypeptide.
52. A polypeptide of claim 47 fused to a second poly¬ peptide which comprises a substantial portion of the amino acid sequence of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin.
53. A 45 kD fused polypeptide of claim 52, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide.
54. A polypeptide of claim 47, wherein the amino acid sequence DGRGDS is fused to the N-terminus of the polypeptide.
55. A 64 kD fused polypeptide of claim 52, wherein the polypeptide is a 31 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide.
56. A plasmid for expression of the 45 kD fused poly¬ peptide of claim 53 designated pFN 202-5.
57. A plasmid for expression of the polypeptide of claim 54 designated pFN 195-4.
58. A plasmid for expression of the 64 kD fused poly¬ peptide of claim 55 designated pFN 194-2.
59. A method of refolding and reoxidizing a polypep¬ tide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin but lacking the disulfide bonds of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises contacting the polypeptide with a thiol-containing compound and a disulfide so as to refold and reoxidize the polypeptide.
60. A method of claim 59, wherein the thiol- containing compound is selected from the group consisting of glutathione, thioredoxin, β- mercaptoethanol, and cysteine.
61. A method of claim 59, wherein the thiol- containing compound is β-mercaptoethanol and the disulfide is produced in situ by introduction of air.
62. A method of claim 59, wherein the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of an 18.5 kD polypeptide, a 20 kD polypeptide, a 12 kD poly¬ peptide and a 45 kD polypeptide.
63. A method of claim 59, which additionally comprises contacting the polypeptide with a denaturant.
64. A method of claim 63, wherein the denaturant is guanidine hydrochloride or urea.
65. A method of claim 59, wherein the polypeptide is at a low concentration.
66. A method of claim 65, wherein the concentration is below 1,000 μg/ml.
67. A method for recovering a purified, biologically active polypeptide having an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin and being capable of binding to fibrin which comprises:
(a) producing in a bacterial cell by means of expression of a plasmid containing DNA encoding the polypeptide a first polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide but lacking the disulfide bond;
(b) disrupting the cell so as to produce a lysate containing the first polypeptide;
(c) centrifuging the lysate so as to concentrate the first polypeptide;
(d) separating the concentrated first polypeptide;
(e) solubilizing the separated, concentrated first polypeptide;
(f) refolding and reoxidizing the solubilized first polypeptide so as to form the biologically active polypeptide;
(g) separating the refolded and reoxidized biologically active polypeptide;
(h) recovering the purified, refolded and reoxi¬ dized biologically active polypeptide; and
(i) purifying the biologically active polypep¬ tide so recovered. , . ,
-143-
68. A method of claim 67, wherein the refolding and reoxidizing comprises contacting the polypeptide with a thiol-containing compound and a disulfide so as to refold and reoxidize the polypeptide.
69. A method of claim 68, wherein the thiol- containing compound is selected from the group consisting of glutathione, thioredoxin, β- mercaptoethanol, and cysteine.
70. A method of claim 68, wherein the thiol- containing compound is β-mercaptoethanol and the disulfide is produced in situ by introduction of air.
71. A method of claim 67, wherein the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of an 18.5 kD polypeptide, a 20 kD polypeptide, a 12 kD poly¬ peptide and a 45 kD polypeptide.
72. A method of claim 68, which additionally comprises contacting the polypeptide with a denaturant.
73. A method of claim 72, wherein the denaturant is guanidine hydrochloride or urea.
74. A method of claim 68, wherein the polypeptide is at a low concentration.
75. A method of claim 74, wherein the concentration is below 1,000 μg/ml.
76. A method of claim 67, wherein the separating of the concentrated first polypeptide in step (d) comprises chromatography. - -
77. A method of claim 76, wherein the chromatography comprises Heparin-Sepharose chromatography.
78. A method of inhibiting thrombus formation in a subject susceptible to thrombus formation which comprises administering to the subject an amount of a polypeptide of claim 47 effective to inhibit thrombus formation.
79. A method of inhibiting thrombus formation in a subject susceptible to thrombus formation which comprises administering to the subject an amount of a fused polypeptide of claim 52 effective to inhibit thrombus formation.
80. A polypeptide in accordance with claim 47 bound to a thrombolytic agent.
81. A polypeptide bound to a thrombolytic agent in accordance with claim 80, wherein the thrombolytic agent is selected from the group consisting of: tissue plasminogen activator (TPA) , urokinase, streptokinase, prourokinase, Anisoylated Plasminogen-Streptokinase Activator Complex (Eminase™) , TPA analogs, or a protease.
82. A polypeptide of claim 81, wherein the polypeptide has an amino acid sequence substantially present in the fibrin binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin, is capable of binding to fibrin, has a molecular weight above about 6 kD but less than about 20 kD, has the amino acid sequence gln-ala-gln-gln or met-gln-ala-gln-gln at the N-terminus of the polypeptide and wherein the thrombolytic agent is streptokinase.
83. A polypeptide of claim 81, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the thrombolytic agent is streptokinase.
84. A method for achieving thrombolysis of a thrombus which comprises administering to a subject an amount of the polypeptide of claim 80 effective to achieve thrombolysis.
85. A method of treating a subject with a wound which comprises administering to the subject an amount of the purified polypeptide of claim 47 in conjunction with a polypeptide which comprises a substantial portion of the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin effective to treat the wound.
86. A method of claim 85 wherein the cell binding domain of naturally-occurring human fibronectin is a 40 kD polypeptide or a 33 kD polypeptide.
87. A method of treating a subject with a wound which comprises administering to the subject an amount of the fused polypeptide of claim 52 effective to treat the subject.
88. A method of claim 87 wherein the fused polypeptide is a 45 kD polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is a 12 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide.
89. A method of claim 87 wherein the fused polypeptide is a 64 kD fused polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is a 31 kD polypeptide and the second polypeptide is a 33 kD polypeptide.
90. A method of treating a subject in accordance with claim 85 or 87, wherein the wound is a cutaneous wound.
91. A method of treating a subject in accordance with claim 90, wherein the cutaneous wound is an incisional wound, a skin deficit wound, a skin graft wound, or a burn wound.
92. A method of treating a subject in accordance with claim 85 or 87, wherein the wound is an eye wound.
93. A method of treating a subject in accordance with claim 92, wherein the eye wound is a corneal epithelial would or a corneal stromal wound.
94. A method of treating a subject in accordance with claim 85 or 87, wherein the wound is a tendon injury.
PCT/US1991/003584 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same WO1991017765A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU80760/91A AU660618B2 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
JP51119791A JP3419772B2 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptide, use thereof, and method for producing the same
RU92016360/13A RU2109750C1 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Visualizing agent and a method of detection of fibrin-containing material
KR1019920702927A KR100219115B1 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and their uses and method of producing the same
CA002083271A CA2083271C (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
DK91911888T DK0651799T3 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin-binding domain polypeptides, their uses and methods for their preparation
EP91911888A EP0651799B1 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
DE69131539T DE69131539T2 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 POLYPEPTIDES WITH FIBRINE BINDING DOMAIN, USES AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
NO19924405A NO310559B1 (en) 1990-05-21 1992-11-13 Fibrin-binding domain polypeptides and their use
FI925296A FI108298B (en) 1990-05-21 1992-11-20 Fibrin binding region polypeptides and their uses and methods of preparation
HK98114600A HK1013255A1 (en) 1990-05-21 1998-12-22 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
GR990402800T GR3031708T3 (en) 1990-05-21 1999-11-03 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same.

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US07/526,397 US5270030A (en) 1988-12-29 1990-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptide and method of producing
US526,397 1990-05-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1991017765A1 true WO1991017765A1 (en) 1991-11-28

Family

ID=24097174

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1991/003584 WO1991017765A1 (en) 1990-05-21 1991-05-21 Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same

Country Status (18)

Country Link
US (4) US5270030A (en)
EP (1) EP0651799B1 (en)
JP (1) JP3419772B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE183545T1 (en)
AU (1) AU660618B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2083271C (en)
DE (1) DE69131539T2 (en)
DK (1) DK0651799T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2137928T3 (en)
FI (1) FI108298B (en)
GR (1) GR3031708T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1013255A1 (en)
HU (1) HU216302B (en)
IL (1) IL98197A0 (en)
NO (1) NO310559B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ238208A (en)
RU (1) RU2109750C1 (en)
WO (1) WO1991017765A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1993020228A1 (en) * 1992-03-31 1993-10-14 Toray Industries, Inc. Novel, physiologically active protein and hemopoietic stem cell growth promoter
US5792742A (en) * 1991-06-14 1998-08-11 New York University Fibrin-binding peptide fragments of fibronectin
US5879657A (en) * 1993-03-30 1999-03-09 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Radiolabeled platelet GPIIb/IIIa receptor antagonists as imaging agents for the diagnosis of thromboembolic disorders
WO1999060018A1 (en) * 1998-05-15 1999-11-25 Nycomed Amersham Plc Labelled glutamine and lysine analogues
US7163817B2 (en) 1998-12-24 2007-01-16 Girish Sahni Clot-specific streptokinase proteins possessing altered plasminogen activation characteristics and a process for their preparation
US9442065B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-09-13 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for synthesis of zyotons for use in collision computing for noninvasive blood glucose and other measurements
US9554738B1 (en) 2016-03-30 2017-01-31 Zyomed Corp. Spectroscopic tomography systems and methods for noninvasive detection and measurement of analytes using collision computing

Families Citing this family (87)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5972890A (en) * 1988-05-02 1999-10-26 New England Deaconess Hospital Corporation Synthetic peptides for arterial imaging
US7087722B1 (en) * 1988-12-29 2006-08-08 Savient Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
US5270030A (en) * 1988-12-29 1993-12-14 Bio-Technology General Corp. Fibrin binding domain polypeptide and method of producing
US5679320A (en) * 1988-12-29 1997-10-21 Bio-Technology General Corp. Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
US6034233A (en) * 1990-05-04 2000-03-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2'-O-alkylated oligoribonucleotides and phosphorothioate analogs complementary to portions of the HIV genome
US5968476A (en) * 1992-05-21 1999-10-19 Diatide, Inc. Technetium-99m labeled peptides for thrombus imaging
DK145092D0 (en) * 1992-12-03 1992-12-03 Novo Nordisk As
US5750088A (en) 1993-03-30 1998-05-12 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Stable hydrazones linked to a peptide moiety as reagents for the preparation of radiopharmaceuticals
US6218529B1 (en) * 1995-07-31 2001-04-17 Urocor, Inc. Biomarkers and targets for diagnosis, prognosis and management of prostate, breast and bladder cancer
AU3126097A (en) * 1996-05-16 1997-12-05 The Texas A & M University System Collagen binding protein compositions and methods of use
US20030176663A1 (en) * 1998-05-11 2003-09-18 Eidgenossische Technische Hochscule Specific binding molecules for scintigraphy
US6808698B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2004-10-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Method for localization of blood clots
US6426145B1 (en) 1999-05-20 2002-07-30 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Radiopaque compositions for visualization of medical devices
US6254852B1 (en) 1999-07-16 2001-07-03 Dupont Pharmaceuticals Company Porous inorganic targeted ultrasound contrast agents
US6685914B1 (en) * 1999-09-13 2004-02-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Macrocyclic chelants for metallopharmaceuticals
AU2001242432B2 (en) * 2000-02-24 2007-11-08 Eidgenossische Technische Hochschule Zurich Antibody specific for the ed-b domain of fibronectin, conjugates comprising said antibody, and their use for the detection and treatment of angiogenesis
SK2882003A3 (en) * 2000-09-07 2003-08-05 Schering Ag Receptor in the EDb fibronectin domain
US6714808B2 (en) * 2000-10-03 2004-03-30 University Of Arkansas Method for detecting and excising nonpalpable lesions
US20030027135A1 (en) 2001-03-02 2003-02-06 Ecker David J. Method for rapid detection and identification of bioagents
US7666588B2 (en) 2001-03-02 2010-02-23 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid forensic analysis of mitochondrial DNA and characterization of mitochondrial DNA heteroplasmy
US20040121314A1 (en) * 2002-12-06 2004-06-24 Ecker David J. Methods for rapid detection and identification of bioagents in containers
US7226739B2 (en) 2001-03-02 2007-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Methods for rapid detection and identification of bioagents in epidemiological and forensic investigations
US20040121313A1 (en) 2002-12-06 2004-06-24 Ecker David J. Methods for rapid detection and identification of bioagents in organs for transplantation
US20020169288A1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2002-11-14 Magnus Hook Collagen-binding adhesin from staphylococcus epidermidis and method of use
US7217510B2 (en) 2001-06-26 2007-05-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for providing bacterial bioagent characterizing information
US8073627B2 (en) 2001-06-26 2011-12-06 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. System for indentification of pathogens
US20030224476A1 (en) * 2002-03-01 2003-12-04 Szu-Yi Chou Method of producing transglutaminase reactive compound
EP1578399A4 (en) 2002-12-06 2007-11-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods for rapid identification of pathogens in humans and animals
US8046171B2 (en) 2003-04-18 2011-10-25 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods and apparatus for genetic evaluation
US8057993B2 (en) 2003-04-26 2011-11-15 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for identification of coronaviruses
US8158354B2 (en) 2003-05-13 2012-04-17 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid purification of nucleic acids for subsequent analysis by mass spectrometry by solution capture
US7964343B2 (en) 2003-05-13 2011-06-21 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Method for rapid purification of nucleic acids for subsequent analysis by mass spectrometry by solution capture
US7317104B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2008-01-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Chelants and macrocyclic metal complex radiopharmaceuticals thereof
US7319149B2 (en) * 2003-06-13 2008-01-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Chelants and macrocyclic metal complex radiopharmaceuticals thereof
US8242254B2 (en) 2003-09-11 2012-08-14 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of bacteria
US8097416B2 (en) 2003-09-11 2012-01-17 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for identification of sepsis-causing bacteria
US8546082B2 (en) 2003-09-11 2013-10-01 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for identification of sepsis-causing bacteria
JP4755113B2 (en) 2004-01-30 2011-08-24 クアーク・ファーマスーティカルス、インコーポレイテッド Oligoribonucleotides and methods of use thereof for the treatment of fibrotic conditions and other diseases
US7666592B2 (en) 2004-02-18 2010-02-23 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for concurrent identification and quantification of an unknown bioagent
US8119336B2 (en) 2004-03-03 2012-02-21 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of alphaviruses
EP2458619B1 (en) 2004-05-24 2017-08-02 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Mass spectrometry with selective ion filtration by digital thresholding
US20050266411A1 (en) 2004-05-25 2005-12-01 Hofstadler Steven A Methods for rapid forensic analysis of mitochondrial DNA
US7811753B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-10-12 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for repairing degraded DNA
JP4468989B2 (en) 2004-08-16 2010-05-26 クアーク・ファーマスーティカルス、インコーポレイテッド Use of RTP801 inhibitors for therapy
WO2006135400A2 (en) 2004-08-24 2006-12-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for rapid identification of recombinant organisms
EP1799269B1 (en) 2004-09-28 2016-09-07 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligoribonucleotides and methods of use thereof for treatment of alopecia, acute renal failure and other diseases
CA2600184A1 (en) 2005-03-03 2006-09-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of adventitious viruses
US8084207B2 (en) 2005-03-03 2011-12-27 Ibis Bioscience, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of papillomavirus
JP5162447B2 (en) * 2005-04-13 2013-03-13 アイビス バイオサイエンシズ インコーポレイティッド Composition for use in adenovirus identification
US7414254B2 (en) * 2005-06-28 2008-08-19 United Pharmacy Partners, Inc. Tungsten pig for radio-pharmaceuticals
US8026084B2 (en) 2005-07-21 2011-09-27 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid identification and quantitation of nucleic acid variants
DOP2007000015A (en) 2006-01-20 2007-08-31 Quark Biotech Inc THERAPEUTIC USES OF RTP801 INHIBITORS
AU2007353877B2 (en) 2006-09-14 2012-07-19 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Targeted whole genome amplification method for identification of pathogens
JP2010507387A (en) 2006-10-25 2010-03-11 クアーク・ファーマスーティカルス、インコーポレイテッド Novel siRNA and method of using the same
US8871471B2 (en) 2007-02-23 2014-10-28 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid forensic DNA analysis
WO2008151023A2 (en) 2007-06-01 2008-12-11 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for multiple displacement amplification of nucleic acids
AU2008306455C1 (en) 2007-10-03 2014-04-17 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel siRNA structures
US8253725B2 (en) * 2007-12-28 2012-08-28 St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. Method and system for generating surface models of geometric structures
JP5524189B2 (en) 2008-06-06 2014-06-18 クォーク ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレーティッド Compositions and methods for the treatment of otic disorders
EP2347254A2 (en) 2008-09-16 2011-07-27 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Sample processing units, systems, and related methods
EP2349549B1 (en) 2008-09-16 2012-07-18 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Mixing cartridges, mixing stations, and related kits, and system
US8534447B2 (en) 2008-09-16 2013-09-17 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Microplate handling systems and related computer program products and methods
US8864821B2 (en) 2008-11-26 2014-10-21 Visen Medical, Inc. Methods and compositions for identifying subjects at risk of developing stent thrombosis
US20110288155A1 (en) 2008-12-18 2011-11-24 Elena Feinstein Sirna compounds and methods of use thereof
EP2396803A4 (en) 2009-02-12 2016-10-26 Ibis Biosciences Inc Ionization probe assemblies
GB0905328D0 (en) * 2009-03-27 2009-05-13 Ge Healthcare Ltd Indole derivatives
US9194877B2 (en) 2009-07-17 2015-11-24 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Systems for bioagent indentification
WO2011008971A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2011-01-20 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Lift and mount apparatus
ES2628739T3 (en) 2009-10-15 2017-08-03 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Multiple displacement amplification
CN102597239A (en) 2009-11-26 2012-07-18 夸克医药公司 Sirna compounds comprising terminal substitutions
EP2510098B1 (en) 2009-12-09 2015-02-11 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating diseases, disorders or injury of the cns
WO2011084193A1 (en) 2010-01-07 2011-07-14 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide compounds comprising non-nucleotide overhangs
EP2585594B1 (en) 2010-06-24 2017-05-31 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double stranded rna compounds to rhoa and use thereof
EP2649181B1 (en) 2010-12-06 2016-04-27 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double stranded oligonucleotide compounds comprising positional modifications
SG10201604479YA (en) 2011-03-03 2016-07-28 Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc Oligonucleotide Modulators Of The Toll-Like Receptor Pathway
US9796979B2 (en) 2011-03-03 2017-10-24 Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc. Oligonucleotide modulators of the toll-like receptor pathway
MX356814B (en) 2011-11-03 2018-06-13 Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods and compositions for neuroprotection.
US20140323549A1 (en) 2011-11-08 2014-10-30 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating diseases, disorders or injury of the nervous system
EP2802657B1 (en) 2012-01-12 2018-05-02 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy for treating hearing and balance disorders
WO2014043289A2 (en) 2012-09-12 2014-03-20 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double-stranded oligonucleotide molecules to ddit4 and methods of use thereof
DK2895608T3 (en) 2012-09-12 2019-01-21 Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc DOUBLE-STRENGTHED OIGONUCLEOTIDE MOLECULES FOR P53 AND PROCEDURES FOR USING IT
US9611473B2 (en) 2012-09-12 2017-04-04 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double-stranded nucleic acid compounds
CN105452465B (en) 2013-07-31 2019-06-21 奇比艾企业有限公司 Poly- alkylamine-the oligonucleotide compound of sphingolipid-
EP3027223A1 (en) 2013-07-31 2016-06-08 QBI Enterprises Ltd. Methods of use of sphingolipid polyalkylamine oligonucleotide compounds
EP3671511B1 (en) 2018-12-19 2022-07-06 Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG Communication system and method
EP3922720A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-15 Universidad de Murcia Therapy to prevent adverse cardiac remodeling following an acute myocardial infarction
ES2894201B2 (en) * 2020-08-05 2022-09-29 Fundacion Para La Investig Biomedica Del Hospital Gregorio Maranon RADIOACTIVE COMPOUNDS BASED ON SELECTIVE BACTERIA PROTEINS FOR THE NON-INVASIVE DETECTION OF INFECTIOUS FOCUSES

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4315906A (en) * 1979-05-21 1982-02-16 New England Nuclear Corporation Cold insoluble globulin, its purification and use
US4455290A (en) * 1981-04-02 1984-06-19 Research Corporation Inhibition of fibrin polymerization by a peptide isolated from fibrin Fragment D1
US4663146A (en) * 1983-07-29 1987-05-05 Codon Genetic Engineering Laboratories Methods and compositions for the diagnosis of bloodclots using plasminogen activator
US4587122A (en) * 1985-04-23 1986-05-06 The Green Cross Corporation Fibronectin-dextran-drug complex and method of preparation thereof
GB8516421D0 (en) * 1985-06-28 1985-07-31 Biotechnology Interface Ltd Fibronectins
US4734362A (en) * 1986-02-03 1988-03-29 Cambridge Bioscience Corporation Process for purifying recombinant proteins, and products thereof
WO1989000051A1 (en) * 1987-07-07 1989-01-12 Cytrx Biopool Ltd. Fibrin-binding compound and method
US4839464A (en) * 1987-08-25 1989-06-13 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Polypeptides with fibronectin activity
JP2561122B2 (en) * 1988-04-13 1996-12-04 寳酒造株式会社 Functional polypeptide
JP2561131B2 (en) * 1988-06-30 1996-12-04 寳酒造株式会社 Cell adhesion activity polypeptide
US5270030A (en) * 1988-12-29 1993-12-14 Bio-Technology General Corp. Fibrin binding domain polypeptide and method of producing
JP3095771B2 (en) * 1988-12-29 2000-10-10 バイオ―テクノロジー・ジエネラル・コーポレイシヨン Cloning and production of human fibronectin polypeptide analogs and methods of using such polypeptide analogs
US5026537A (en) * 1989-04-06 1991-06-25 Centocor, Inc. Methods for imaging atherosclerotic plaque

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
EMBO Journal, Volume 4, issued May 1985, KORNBLIHTT, A.R., "Primary Structure of Human Fibronectin: Differential Splicing May Generate at Least 10 Polypeptides from a Single Gene", pages 1755-1759, see "Results and Discussion". *

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5792742A (en) * 1991-06-14 1998-08-11 New York University Fibrin-binding peptide fragments of fibronectin
US5668104A (en) * 1992-03-31 1997-09-16 Toray Industries, Inc. Hematopoietic stem cell growth-promoting compositions containing a fibroblast-derived fragment of fibronectin and a growth factor, and methods employing them in vitro or in vivo
WO1993020228A1 (en) * 1992-03-31 1993-10-14 Toray Industries, Inc. Novel, physiologically active protein and hemopoietic stem cell growth promoter
US6022523A (en) * 1993-03-30 2000-02-08 Dupont Pharmaceuticals Company Radiolabeled platelet GPIIb/IIIa receptor antagonists as imaging agents for the diagnosis of thromboembolic disorders
US5879657A (en) * 1993-03-30 1999-03-09 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Radiolabeled platelet GPIIb/IIIa receptor antagonists as imaging agents for the diagnosis of thromboembolic disorders
CN101407543A (en) * 1998-05-15 2009-04-15 通用电气健康护理有限公司 Labelled glutamine and lysine analogues
WO1999060018A1 (en) * 1998-05-15 1999-11-25 Nycomed Amersham Plc Labelled glutamine and lysine analogues
US7163817B2 (en) 1998-12-24 2007-01-16 Girish Sahni Clot-specific streptokinase proteins possessing altered plasminogen activation characteristics and a process for their preparation
US7250503B2 (en) 1998-12-24 2007-07-31 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Nucleic acid molecules encoding clot-specific streptokinase fusion proteins possessing altered plasminogen activation characteristics
US8143027B2 (en) 1998-12-24 2012-03-27 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Of Rafi Marg Method of making a plasminogen activator polypeptide with clot-specific streptokinase activity
US9448164B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-09-20 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for noninvasive blood glucose and other analyte detection and measurement using collision computing
US9448165B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-09-20 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for control of illumination or radiation collection for blood glucose and other analyte detection and measurement using collision computing
US9442065B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-09-13 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for synthesis of zyotons for use in collision computing for noninvasive blood glucose and other measurements
US9453794B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-09-27 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for blood glucose and other analyte detection and measurement using collision computing
US9459201B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-10-04 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for noninvasive blood glucose and other analyte detection and measurement using collision computing
US9459202B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-10-04 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for collision computing for detection and noninvasive measurement of blood glucose and other substances and events
US9459203B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2016-10-04 Zyomed, Corp. Systems and methods for generating and using projector curve sets for universal calibration for noninvasive blood glucose and other measurements
US9610018B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2017-04-04 Zyomed Corp. Systems and methods for measurement of heart rate and other heart-related characteristics from photoplethysmographic (PPG) signals using collision computing
US9554738B1 (en) 2016-03-30 2017-01-31 Zyomed Corp. Spectroscopic tomography systems and methods for noninvasive detection and measurement of analytes using collision computing

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPH05508766A (en) 1993-12-09
DK0651799T3 (en) 2000-03-06
EP0651799A4 (en) 1993-10-05
ES2137928T3 (en) 2000-01-01
FI108298B (en) 2001-12-31
EP0651799B1 (en) 1999-08-18
AU660618B2 (en) 1995-07-06
US5270030A (en) 1993-12-14
AU8076091A (en) 1991-12-10
HU9203516D0 (en) 1993-04-28
US5455158A (en) 1995-10-03
RU2109750C1 (en) 1998-04-27
CA2083271A1 (en) 1991-11-22
DE69131539T2 (en) 2000-05-04
NZ238208A (en) 1993-01-27
FI925296A0 (en) 1992-11-20
CA2083271C (en) 2002-04-09
GR3031708T3 (en) 2000-02-29
NO310559B1 (en) 2001-07-23
JP3419772B2 (en) 2003-06-23
EP0651799A1 (en) 1995-05-10
DE69131539D1 (en) 1999-09-23
FI925296A (en) 1992-11-20
ATE183545T1 (en) 1999-09-15
NO924405D0 (en) 1992-11-13
HUT66189A (en) 1994-10-28
HK1013255A1 (en) 1999-08-20
NO924405L (en) 1993-01-13
HU216302B (en) 1999-06-28
US5965383A (en) 1999-10-12
US6121426A (en) 2000-09-19
IL98197A0 (en) 1992-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0651799B1 (en) Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
US4916070A (en) Fibrin-specific antibodies and method of screening for the antibodies
US4427646A (en) Use of radiolabeled peptide derived from crosslinked fibrin to locate thrombi in vivo
JP2801236B2 (en) Diagnosis method of blood clot using fibrin-binding protein
MX2010010759A (en) Mutants of streptokinase and their covalently modified forms.
JP3991086B2 (en) Fibrin binding moiety useful as a contrast agent
US5679320A (en) Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
JPS61239889A (en) Part specific activation of substance and its use
Rosebrough et al. Thrombus imaging with indium-111 and iodine-131-labeled fibrin-specific monoclonal antibody and its F (ab′) 2 and Fab fragments
CN108210910A (en) Prevent and treat drug of systemic sclerosis and application thereof
WO1994014471A9 (en) Methods and compositions for inhibition of hepatic clearance of tissue-type plasminogen activator
WO1989012680A1 (en) USE OF MODIFIED tPA TO DETECT BLOOD CLOTS
US7087722B1 (en) Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and uses and methods of producing same
JP2002516296A (en) How to inhibit clot formation
KR100219115B1 (en) Fibrin binding domain polypeptides and their uses and method of producing the same
JP3095771B2 (en) Cloning and production of human fibronectin polypeptide analogs and methods of using such polypeptide analogs
Ezov et al. Recombinant polypeptides derived from the fibrin binding domain of fibronectin are potential agents for the imaging of blood clots
IE911587A1 (en) Clot imaging agents and use thereof
WO1992013557A1 (en) Stabilized antibody fragments
JPS63267734A (en) Diagnosticum for tumor and inflammation
McAfee et al. Monoclonal antibody against human fibrin for imaging thrombi
JPH0249708B2 (en)
Brucato et al. Catabolism of streptokinase and polyethylene glycol-streptokinase

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AU BR CA FI HU JP KR NO SU

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IT LU NL SE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2083271

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 925296

Country of ref document: FI

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1991911888

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1991911888

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1991911888

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 925296

Country of ref document: FI